What do you need help on? Cancel X
FAQ/Walkthrough by Aklite
Version: 2.0 | Updated: 07/05/13
=====Warcraft III: Reign of Chaos Walkthrough ==FAQ written by Aklite -This guide contains no spoilers. ================================== Table of contents ================================== I. Introduction (ROCI) a. Intro b. Version History c. Single player/using the guide d. Statistics, combat, and basics i. Damage/armor ii. Heroes iii.Structures II. Races (ROCRX) a. Human (ROCRH) i. Structures ii. Units iii.Heroes b. Undead (ROCRU) i. Structures ii. Units iii.Heroes c. Orc (ROCRO) i. Structures ii. Units iii.Heroes d. Night Elf (ROCRNE) i. Structures ii. Units iii.Heroes III. Story mode walkthrough (ROCWX) a. Basic elements of gameplay IV. Prologue Campaign: Exodus of the horde (ROCWPX) a. Chapter one: Chasing Visions (ROCWP1) b. Chapter two: Departures (ROCWP2) V. Human Campaign: The scourge of Lordaeron (ROCWHX) a. Chapter one: The defense of Strahnbrad (ROCWH1) b. Chapter two: Blackrock and Roll (ROCWH2) c. Chapter three: Ravages of the plague (ROCWH3) d. Chapter four: The Cult of the Damned (ROCWH4) e. Chapter five: The march of the scourge (ROCWH5) f. Chapter six: The Culling (ROCWH6) g. Chapter seven: The Shores of Northrend (ROCWH7) h. Chapter eight: Dissension (ROCWH8) i. Chapter nine: Frostmourne (ROCWH9) VI. Undead Campaign: Path of the damned (ROCWUX) a. Chapter one: Trudging through the ashes (ROCWU1) b. Chapter two: Digging up the Dead (ROCWU2) c. Chapter three: Into the Realm Eternal (ROCWU3) d. Chapter four: Key of the Three Moons (ROCWU4) e. Chapter five: The Fall of Silvermoon (ROCWU5) f. Chapter six: Blackrock and Roll, Too! (ROCWU6) g. Chapter seven: The Siege of Dalaran (ROCWU7) h. Chapter eight: Under the Burning Sky (ROCWU8) VII. Orc Campaign: The Invasion of Kalimdor (ROCWOX) a. Chapter one: Landfall (ROCWO1) b. Chapter two: The Long March (ROCWO2) c. Chapter three: Cry of the Warsong (ROCWO3) d. Chapter four: The Spirits of Ashenvale (ROCWO4) e. Chapter five: The Hunter of Shadows (ROCWO5) f. Chapter six: Where Wyverns Dare (ROCWO6) g. Chapter seven: The Oracle (ROCWO7) h. Chapter eight: By Demons be Driven (ROCWO8) VIII.Night Elf Campaign: Eternity's End (ROCWNEX) a. Chapter one: Enemies at the Gate (ROCWNE1) b. Chapter two: Daughters of the Moon (ROCWNE2) c. Chapter three: The Awakening of Stormrage (ROCWNE3) d. Chapter four: The Druids Arise (ROCWNE4) e. Chapter five: Brothers in Blood (ROCWNE5) f. Chapter six: A Destiny of Flame and Sorrow (ROCWNE6) g. Chapter seven: Twilight of the Gods (ROCWNE7) IV. Other game types (ROCWM1) V. Legal ========================================================================= I. Introduction (ROCI) ========================================================================= ================================== a. Intro ================================== If you have any questions about the guide or game or any suggestions, you can email me at Aklite1@comcast.net -This is just a brief summary of Warcraft 3, feel free to skip ahead to section c. if you prefer. Warcraft 3 is a real time strategy computer game, third in the warcraft series. It is a game quite similar to starcraft (another Blizzard game released earlier) in gameplay and tactics but with a completely different lore aspect. In my opinion Warcraft 3 single player mode if far superior to Starcraft's single player, which I only found valuable for storyline. Most missions were pretty straightforward: Either build a base and wipe out the enemy base, or carry a small group of units through a facility to the mission objectives. Once you've done one campaign, the majority of the rest are too similar, in my own opinion of course. Warcraft 3 however has several elements in the game itself that make single player a better experience. Top of this list for me is the use of heroes. Heroes introduce a bit of RPG into the game and level up as you progress through each races campaign. Each mission caps to one or two levels though, so you cannot level up too fast. You can also collect tomes which upgrade a heroes attribute, or collect items with unique qualities. And finally, if heroes die you can resurrect them (with the exception of no- base missions which I will cover later) unlike starcraft where a heroes death meant the failure of the mission. There are also several other areas of the environment other than mission objectives: these may include creep camps (creeps are creatures who are part of the environment and do not belong to a race) which can be cleaned out for hero experience and gear, and secondary objectives which in most cases have valuable rewards. Anyway that's just a brief summary of my thoughts. Now, on to the guide. ================================== b. Version History ================================== ================================== c. Single player/using the guide ================================== In this guide I will cover all attributes of each single player mission. Single player for Reign of Chaos consists of 4 campaigns, one with each race starting with human. Obviously as this is a real-time strategy game there are hundreds of ways to complete each mission and my methods will be as simple as possible. The majority of missions my strategy will be to establish a heavy defense and defend your base while you collect resources and work on upgrading/training units. Please also note, this guide is primarily geared at single player. The whole game changes in multi-player and while some tactics for single player may work in multi-player, do not except all of them to. Most missions I will play on hard mode. I have not compared normal to hard extensively but I do know hard mode has more frequent attacks and possibly more enemies in the missions you complete without a base, so if there are areas where mobs are supposed to be located but are not there I apologize. But I figure it's easier to have a hard mode guide cover normal than a normal guide try to cover playing on hard :) I will also cover all bonus objectives and item locations (if you find any extra ones feel free to email me). Bonus objectives are pretty much always worth the rewards. If you have never played a real-time strategy game, I will give a brief summary of what elements there are and terms I will use early on. The idea of the game is to build a base and train an army. You do this by using workers to harvest gold as a primary resource, and lumber as a secondary resource. These are returned to the nearest town hall (lumber can also be returned to a lumber mill, since as you clear into a forest the distance to the town hall increases) and added in increments of 10 (gold) and 10-20 (lumber). The most basic units require gold only, while stronger units require lumber as well. You start most missions with a basic base, but if you play custom games or multi-player you start with your main building and 5 workers only. Regardless, the idea is to train workers, use workers to harvest lumber and gold and build structures, and defend your base with structures and units. As you build basic structures, more advanced structures become available, and as you will notice during gameplay several structures have prerequisites (i.e. other structures you need to construct before you can build a more advanced structure). Additionally, as you train more units you will use more food. Food is provided by your main structure and other smaller structures, such as farms for humans. The cap is 90 in Reign of Chaos. Different types of units use different amounts of food. There is also an element of the game called upkeep which will deduct a certain amount of gold harvested when you have a certain amount of units. When you have 40+ food worth of units, you only receive 7 of the 10 gold harvested to your total. At high upkeep, you receive only 4 gold of the 10. Regardless of upkeep you always harvest 10 gold each time from the mine, so keep an eye on how much gold your mine has remaining. You can quick-jump to an area of the guide by pressing CTRL+F and then typing in the lettering in parentheses next to the section and hitting enter twice (refer to table of contents). This covers all major sections of the guide. ================================== d. Statistics, combat, and basics ================================== ---------------------------------- i. Damage/armor ---------------------------------- Every unit, hero, and structure in the game has a specific value of armor, type of armor, and for applicable structures and units, a specific value and type of damage. This makes mixing units to have different types of damage and armor a necessity. Your goal is to have the front line of the attack group have an armor type that reduces damage from the type of attack mostly being received. I will give examples near the end of the section. The majority of attack types do reduced damage to some armor and increased damage to some armor, and the rest of the armor not listed will receive 100% damage from that attack type. You can see the effect of a units damage type of cursoring over the damage icon, and also the effects of attacks on armor type by cursoring over the armor icon as well. The types of damage and armor are as follows ++Damage -Normal: Normal damage deals extra damage to light armor, and reduced damage to fortified armor. This is a very well balanced attack type, essentially dealing 100% or better damage to all units except for buildings. The vast majority of normal mode attacks are melee. Most light armored units are ranged, so getting your melee up to attack them takes a bit of coordination. -Piercing: Piercing attacks deal extra damage to unarmored units and heavy armor, and reduced damage to fortified, light, and heroes. Essentially all piercing attacks are ranged, and versus the right armor type they can do tremendous amounts of damage. Conversely, against the wrong armor type, their damage is feeble. In general piercing damage types have the highest damage numbers, but this does not mean they are the best damage units to have. For example, a footman with a damage of 12-13 will do extra damage versus light armor, where conversely a rifleman with a damage of 18-24 will do reduced damage to light armor. The footman will deal slightly more damage than the rifleman (footman deals 18-19, and rifleman deals about 14- 16), and with a faster attack as well. So damage type is leaps and bounds more important than quantity of damage, so don't be fooled by just high damage numbers! -Siege: Siege attacks do extra damage to fortified armor(buildings) and unarmored units, and reduced damage to light armor and heroes. This attack type generally has the highest damage value, the longest range, and the slowest attack speed, intended to be used against buildings primarily. If you see some unarmored casters in a group also it works exceptionally well :) Siege units aren't designed to me mass produced, and a few extra ones are sufficient to help in attacking a base. Any other attack besides siege (except chaos, listed later), does HIGHLY reduced damage to fortified. -Magic: Magic attacks are mostly used by spellcasters, and deal extra damage to medium armor and reduced to fortified and heroes. Damage values of magic are usually pretty low, and it is really not intended for use by offensive attack units. However, this is the only attack that does extra damage to medium armor, which a good number of units have, so it can be somewhat useful. -Hero: Hero damage applies to hero units only(obviously), and deals reduced damage to fortified armor. A little worse than normal attack but still a well rounded type of attack, dealing full damage to most armor. -Chaos: Chaos attacks only apply to special units, such as creeps or summoned units. It is the most balanced type of attack there is, dealing full damage to all armor types, including buildings. In the rare instances when you do control units that wield chaos damage, it is very helpful for leveling bases. ++Armor -Light: Light armor takes extra damage from normal, and reduces damage from piercing and siege attacks. Certainly the best armor for ranged units, and most ranged units have it. Since you will want to keep ranged units near the back of the attack group, enemy melee with normal attack will need to bypass your front line to attack these guys. With reduced damage from the high damage piercing and siege attacks, this type of armor is certainly the best for ranged units. Medium: Medium armor takes extra damage from magic attacks. This armor type is found on several units and is the most balanced armor type. Magic attacks are not very strong and the extra damage received is likely designed for balance purposes. This armor is usually found on weaker melee and siege units, and weaker air units. Heavy: Heavy armor takes extra damage from piercing attacks. This armor type is usually found on the more expensive and stronger units. They seem to take a little less damage from all other types except piercing, so they are useful on the front lines versus other melee. If they are getting attacked by piercing, pull them back so enemy piercing focuses more on your ranged units, where light armor will reduce the damage taken. Enemy piercing will tear apart heavy armor very quickly if you are not careful. Unarmored: Unarmored armor type is found on casters generally, and increases damage taken from piercing and siege attacks. As the weakest armor in the game, it is designed for units not intended for direct combat. Since piercing and siege have the highest damage values anyway, you certainly want to keep your casters back as far as possible and watch their health closely, since they can get dropped very quickly from range. Fortified: Fortified armor is found on buildings and a couple units, and greatly reduces damage taken from anything but siege. Siege deals extra damage against fortified, but any other attacks value is reduced by about 60%. Because of this anytime you intend to level a base, having siege units helps a great deal. Enemy defense towers are a high threat to you since they usually have decent damage at a fast rate. Otherwise fortified armor usually works in your favor in single player, and establishing a solid defense is a strategy that works well. Hero: Heroes armor reduces damage taken from piercing, magic, and siege attacks. This is a strong type of armor, reducing damage from the usual highest damage units. Obviously intended for units that are better than average. Divine: Divine armor is only found on ""boss"" type enemies, and takes damage from chaos attacks only. Since no faction units have chaos damage, it is usually intended for in game characters so that you cannot kill them. Any damage besides chaos, regardless of value, deals about 1-2 damage per hit, so killing a divine armor unit without chaos attacks is designed to be essentially impossible. ---------------------------------- ii. Heroes ---------------------------------- Since I cover each hero in detail in the races section, I will only give a brief overview of heroes here. Every mission in Warcraft 3 has at least 1 hero that you will play, and in multi-player or custom games, you can have up to 3 (unless you control more than one faction). Heroes are trained from the altar of kings, and fallen heroes are resurrected here as well. Each hero requires 5 food to train. Your first hero is free, and can be trained once an altar of kings is built. Your second hero requires 500 gold and 100 lumber, and the first upgrade for your main structure (town hall, necropolis, etc.). Your third hero requires the last upgrade for your main building, and costs the same as the second hero. Each hero has a primary attribute. Increasing that attribute will also increase your hero's damage by 1 per point. Strength increases hit points by 25 per point and hit point regeneration. Agility increases attack speed and armor by 1 for every 3 points in agility. Intelligence increases mana by 15 and mana regeneration. If you have more than one hero, you may want to focus all upgrades for a certain attribute to a hero who has that as their primary attribute. I say MAY because some people prefer to completely deck one hero, which is fine as well. Sometimes heroes in single player are not present for every mission. When a hero is no longer part of the campaign their items will be left at your base in the next mission, but any tomes they received are gone, so it's up to you how you wish to distribute upgrades for heroes. Your hero has 4 total spells, and can level up to level 10. The first 3 spells have 3 ranks each, and your ultimate spell has 1 rank. When you first train or take control of a hero, you can learn one of the first 3 abilities. Each time you level, you receive 1 more attribute point, which can be spent to upgrade an existing ability, or learn a new ability. The ultimate ability becomes available at level 6, and is usually considerably powerful. The second rank of a spell requires level 3, and the third requires level 5. My suggestion is to pick one ability as a primary, one as a secondary, and level the last one after you pick up your ultimate. So level up your primary at 1, secondary at level 2, primary again at 3, secondary again at 4, and max your primary at level 5. You can build your hero however you please, but most heroes (in my opinion) have an ability that stands out as powerful and usually gives good benefit in its final level. Each hero can carry up to 6 items. There are 2 item types: consumable items which can be used by clicking on them or using hotkeys, and passive items which give a passive benefit. (default hotkeys are numbers on the numberpad). These include scrolls to teleport the hero and nearby units to your main structure (town hall, etc), healing potions, mana potions, damage increasing items, etc. Passive items may increase attributes, movement speed, armor, or may have special applications, such as granting splash damage, ranged attacks to attack air, slowing effect, damage over time effect, etc. Again how you customize or use your hero is up to you, but having good passive items can make your hero extremely powerful. ========================================================================= II. Races (ROCRX) ========================================================================= ================================== a. Human (ROCRH) ================================== Humans are first race you will play in the single player campaign. They are a fairly straightforward and versatile race, pretty well rounded in general. ---------------------------------- i. Structures ---------------------------------- Town hall: Town hall is the main building for the human race and is required as the baseline for the entire tech tree. The town hall provides 12 food and trains peasants, the workers for the human race. A town hall costs 450g and 150 lumber to construct, and has 1500 hit points. Keep: A keep is an upgraded version of the town hall with increased hp and is a requirement to produce more advanced units. Upgrading to a keep requires 320 gold and 110 lumber and increases the hit points of the town hall up to 2000. Castle: A castle is the highest level of the town hall, required for advanced structures and units, your third level upgrades, and your third hero. Upgrading to a castle requires 390 gold and 130 lumber, and will increase the hit points of the keep up to 2500. Barracks: The barracks is the most basic training structure of the humans, and is used to train footman, rifleman, and knight. It also consists of 3 upgrades for those particular units: defend, long rifles, and animal war training. A barracks has 1500 hit points and costs 240 gold and 80 lumber to construct. Lumber Mill: The lumber mill is used as a dropping point for workers harvesting lumber, and also has 2 upgrades. Lumber harvesting, which increases the amount of lumber a worker can carry by 5/10, and improved masonry, which increases the armor and hit points of your other buildings by 20% of base hit points and 1 armor. The lumber mill costs 170 gold to construct and has 900 hit points. Blacksmith: The blacksmith contains damage and armor upgrades for all your regular units. There are 2 classifications of weapons and 2 of armor. In general these upgrades are segmented by ranged and melee damage, with a couple exceptions. I will detail these upgrades in the units section. A blacksmith costs 240 gold and 50 lumber to construct, and has 1200 hit points. Farm: The farm is the food provision structure of the humans, providing 6 food. It can also be use tactically to block your defensive towers or base, but I will get into that later. The farm costs 80 gold and 20 lumber to construct and has 500 hit points. Altar of kings: The altar of kings is used to train new heroes, or resurrect fallen heroes. You can train one hero right off the bat, a second after upgrading to a keep, and a third after upgrading to a castle. The altar of kings costs 300 gold and 100 lumber to construct and has 900 hit points. Arcane sanctum: The arcane sanctum is used to train the 2 spellcasters of the humans, the sorceress and the priest. It also provides one upgrade for each one of those units, and an upgrade which allows your scout and defensive towers to detect invisible units (costing 100 gold). The arcane sanctum requires 210 hold and 70 lumber to construct and has 1050 hit points. Workshop: The workshop trains mechanical units: the gyrocopter, mortar team, and steam tank. It also consists of 2 upgrades: a bomb upgrade for gyrocopters and a flare upgrade for the mortar team. The workshop costs 230 gold and 90 lumber to purchase and has 1200 hit points. Scout tower: The scout tower is a tower which in its most basic form will only reveal a certain area of the map, but can be upgraded into two types of defensive towers, the guard tower and the cannon tower. A scout tower costs 80 gold and 20 lumber to build and has 500 hit points. Guard tower Damage: 23-27(Piercing) Range: 700 Speed: Very fast Armor: 5(Fortified) Hit points: 500 -The guard tower is a basic defensive structure with a quick attack speed and decent range. These work best in groups with each other or with the support of ground units. Upgrading to a guard tower from a scout tower requires 140 gold and 60 lumber. Cannon tower Damage: 90-111(Siege) Range: 800 Speed: Slow Armor: 5(Fortified) Hit points: 600 -The cannon tower is a defensive tower with a longer range and splash damage, at the cost of a lower attack speed. It is slightly more expensive than the watch tower, but is not designed to defend on its own. Cannon towers are great to use for support of several other watch towers. Using a few cannon towers with a grid of watch towers allows for a strong defensive setup. Upgrading to a cannon tower from a scout tower requires 200 gold and 100 lumber. Gryphon Aviary: The gryphon aviary trains gryphon riders, one of the humans two air units. It also contains an upgrade for them. Constructing a gryphon aviary requires 250 gold and 120 lumber, and it has 1200 hit points. ---------------------------------- ii. Units ---------------------------------- Peasant Damage: 5-6(Normal:melee) Attack speed: Slow Armor: 0(Medium) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 220 Food: 1 Cost: 50g Applicable upgrades: Lumber harvesting (2 ranks) -Peasants are the workers for the humans, harvesting both gold and lumber alike. They can be upgraded from the lumber mill to carry more lumber by 5 per upgrade, for a total of 15/20 lumber as their carrying capacity. Militia Damage: 12-14(Normal:melee) Attack speed: Fast Armor: 4(medium) Move speed: Average Hit points: 220 Applicable upgrades: Iron forged swords (damage), Iron plating (armor) -Militia are the combat form of peasants, and can be converted by clicking on the ability for the peasant itself or by using call to arms at a nearby town hall. Militia are not strong at all, but this is designed to be used only as an emergency measure. If your defenses fail and your units and heroes are all killed, militia can be produced in an attempt to defend your base. Footman Damage: 12-13(Normal:melee) Attack speed: Fast Armor: 2(medium) Move speed: Average Hit points: 420 Food: 2 Cost: 160g Applicable upgrades: Iron forged swords (damage), Iron plating (armor), defend (Reduce move speed by 30%, but 30% chance to reflect piercing attacks and reduce all damage taken by half). -The footman is the human's most basic combat unit with reasonable HP, damage, attack speed and armor. In the early missions you will use these guys quite a bit, and with their defend ability they are a great unit to lead your attack group in with. Rifleman Damage: 18-24(Piercing:400) Attack speed: Average Armor: 0(light) Move speed: Average Hit points: 520 Food: 3 Cost: 240g 30L Applicable upgrades: Black gunpowder(damage), Studded leather armor(armor), Long rifles(increase rifleman range by 200) -Riflemen are a basic ranged unit, balanced offensively. You will want to have riflemen in the back of your attack group and prevent them from receiving damage whenever possible. They may have slightly more hp than the footman, but they will take damage much quicker due to having no armor. With the upgrade they have a decent attack range and are good to have for offensive or to attack air units. Knight Damage: 21-29(Normal:melee) Attack speed: Fast Armor: 6(heavy) Move speed: Fast Hit points: 800 Food: 4 Cost: 290g 60L Applicable upgrades: Iron forged swords(damage), Iron plating(armor), Animal war training(Increases HP of knights and gryphon riders by 150) -Knights are the most powerful ground units for general combat. They have excellent HP, armor, damage, attack speed and move speed. Once you are able to train knights in the campaign you may consider replacing footman with them entirely, though a few footmen up front may still be a good idea to take damage from ranged attackers. Knights are somewhat pricy and replacing them is no fun. It's up to you. Sorceress Damage: 8-10(magic:600) Speed: Average Armor: 0(unarmored) Move speed: Average Hit points: 325 Mana: 200 Food: 2 Cost: 180g 20L Applicable upgrades: Sorceress adept training (2 ranks)Stated as rank 1/rank 2, Increases hit points by 40/80, mana by 100/200, mana regeneration rate, and teaches invisibility/polymorph. -The sorceress is an offensive spellcaster with several very useful abilities. It is always a good idea to have a few sorceresses with your attack group. Their abilities are slow, which slows an enemy units attack by 25% and movement by 60% for 60 seconds. Invisibility makes a unit invisible until it attacks or casts, and lasts up to 120 seconds. Polymorph turns a target into a sheep, rendering it unable to attack. While invisibility and polymorph are somewhat incidental to use slow is a great all-ability to have to weaken the enemy and give you an edge. Keep it on auto cast all the time. Priest Damage: 8-9(magic, 600) Speed: Average Armor: 0(unarmored) Move speed: Average Hit points: 290 Mana: 200 Food: 2 Cost: 160g 10L Applicable upgrades: Priest adept training (2 ranks)Stated as rank1/rank2, Increases hit points by 40/80, mana by 100/200, mana regeneration rate, and teaches dispel magic/inner fire. -The priest is a defensive caster who's abilities are centered around helping your units survive. If you have a large non-mechanical attack group it's a good idea to have a few priests, but you do not need a ton of them. Their abilities are heal, which heals a unit for 25 hit points. Dispel magic, which removes all buffs from units in a target area and also deals 200 damage to summoned units. Finally, inner fire which increases a targets damage by 10% and armor by 5. Inner fire is a good ability to use on heroes, but I would suggest leaving it off auto cast or you will burn mana real fast. Dispel magic is an incidental ability but may help in certain situations. Heal is your main ability as a priest. 5 mana for 25 hit points is a pretty good deal and it has a very good cast speed. Leave this on auto cast at all times. Keep an eye on your priests and keep them out of the fight as much as you can. Gyrocopter Damage: 27-32(Piercing:500 AIR ONLY) Speed: Fast Damage: 19-21(Siege,melee GROUND ONLY) (requires upgrade) Speed: Slow Armor: 2(medium) Move speed: Fast Hit points: 350 Food: 2 Cost: 200g 60L Applicable upgrades: Black gunpowder(air/ground damage), Iron plating (armor) -Bombs at melee range??? Yes this is the gyrocopter. The gyrocopter is a basic flying unit whose main strength is air to air attack. If you have an attack group composed entirely of air, it's good to have a solid number of these for attacking enemy air units and bombing enemy buildings (yes, despite that low damage and slow speed siege still does more damage to fortified buildings than anything else). If your attack force is mostly ground I don't recommend getting these: your siege units are much more efficient at leveling bases and riflemen and casters can take care of the few enemy air fairly enough. But if you do happen onto trouble with air, these are the units to get. Mortar team Damage: 52-64(Siege:1000, splash damage) Speed: Very slow Armor: 0(light) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 360 Food: 3 Cost: 210g 70L Applicable upgrades: Black gunpowder(damage), Studded leather armor(armor), Flare(Reveals an area of the map for 15 seconds) -Mortar teams are siege unit with outstanding range and splash damage. They are most efficient at destroying buildings and damaging large groups of relatively weak units. They are weak though so keep them behind your attack group. When heading into a base, these are what you want to use to attack defensive towers out of their attack range, or even some of the regular structures. They will need to be supported with other ground units though; undefended mortar teams won't last long. Steam tank Damage: 45-55(Siege:192) Speed: Slow Armor: 2(fortified) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 700 Food: 3 Cost: 230g 60L Applicable upgrades: Black gunpowder(damage), Iron plating(armor) -It may not look like it at first glance, but I would call the steam tank the deadliest siege unit in the game...for 2 reasons. First, the steam tank has fortified armor and a bunch of hit points, so it takes highly reduced damage from anything but siege. Second, it cannot attack units. It will only be attacking buildings. I would recommend having 3 or 4 of these in your attack group when destroying a base, and maybe bring a couple peasants to back them out and repair them if they get low (keep out of combat obviously). When attacking the perimeter of a base mortar teams are your best option, but when you are moving into a base with every intention to burn it to the ground, steam tanks are the way to go. Gryphon rider Damage: 45-55(Piercing:450) Speed: Slow Armor: 0(heavy) Hit points: 750 Food: 4 Cost: 330g 70L Applicable upgrades: Iron forged swords(damage), Studded leather armor(armor), Storm hammers(allows gryphon riders attacks to damage multiple units) -The gryphon rider is the second human air unit, and is a real good unit in terms of offense and defense. It's not very effective but if all you want to do is zerg one unit as your entire attack group, these are the best ones to use. As they are air units they can go anywhere and avoid the attacks of melee units, have very good damage (made better by their passive ability as well) and a decent amount of hit points. ---------------------------------- iii. Heroes ---------------------------------- Paladin Damage: 24-34(hero;melee) Speed: Average Armor: 4(hero) Move speed: Average Strength: 22 (primary attribute) Agility: 13 Intelligence: 17 Base hit points: 650 Base mana: 255 +The paladin is a highly defensive oriented hero, and all abilities are geared toward survivability of your other units. -Holy light: A spell that heals a friendly unit for 200/400/600 hit points. Hands down, I would call this the spell you definitely want to max out first. The ability to heal your allies is infinitely useful and can save you time and resources. It can also damage enemy undead units, but like death coil I can't really justify using your limited mana for that. -Divine shield: Renders paladin immune for 15/30/45 seconds. A great ability for paladin survival, but incidental in my opinion. Personally whenever I've played survival of my paladin was never really an issue, and if he is getting attacked too much you can simply pull him back so that enemy units will start focusing on another unit. And actually in many cases I prefer my paladin be attacked some, because his survivability is much better than other units. This really comes down to personal preference: if you like sending your paladin into a base as a one-man army to harass workers and deal some damage, its a good ability to get. Otherwise, I consider devotion aura a better use of a secondary ability. If you have an archmage though, you might consider just getting rank 1 of this for use with an archmage ability, which I will detail in the archmage hero section. -Devotion aura: Increases base armor of nearby units by 1.5/3/4.5. This is an excellent secondary ability to get. Across the board damage reduction is a nice thing to have and will help survivability of units as well as the paladin, and relieve some stress from spamming holy light. I highly suggest leveling this right after holy light. -Resurrection: Brings back to life the corpses of 6 friendly units. Quite a money saver, and a great help in the middle of combat. Like the death knights ultimate, you want to use this near powerful units as much as possible. However, you can only resurrect your own fallen units, so be sure to stand in the middle of..wherever when resurrecting. Mountain king Damage: 26-36(hero; melee) Speed: Average Armor: 2(hero) Move speed: Average Strength: 24 (primary attribute) Agility: 11 Intelligence: 15 Base hit points: 700 Base mana: 225 +The mountain king is a hardcore offensive hero, with several powerful offensive abilities. Every ability is offensive, so be careful with the mountain kings survivability. -Storm bolt: A hammer is thrown at an enemy, causing 100/225/350 damage and stunning for 5 seconds. A very powerful ability versus powerful units or heroes. Whenever you are involved in mass combat though, there are better abilities to use. -Thunder clap: Slams the ground, dealing 60/100/140 damage and slowing move speed and attack by 50% for 5 seconds. This is the ability I would max first. Overall it will deal more damage than storm bolt when in a group and help a great deal in fighting enemy units. -Bash: Gives a 20/30/40% chance that an attack with deal 25 bonus damage and stun for 2 seconds. I would suggest grabbing this one as a secondary since it is passive and will not use mana. I prefer to save all mana for thunder clap since that's an excellent area damage ability to have -Avatar: Gives the mountain king 5 extra armor, 500 extra hit points, 20 bonus damage and spell immunity. Grab at level 6 of course. This is a good ability to use, again, right in the middle of combat. I wouldn't call it the best ultimate in the game, but it does give the mountain king some more melee fighting power, which is what his main strength is. Archmage Damage: 21-27(hero;600) Speed: Average Armor: 3(hero) Move speed: Fast Strength: 14 Agility: 17 Intelligence: 19 (primary attribute) Base hit points: 450 Base mana: 285 -The archmage is a spellcaster with a variety of spell types, and makes for a good support caster. -Blizzard: Calls down 6/8/10 waves of ice to deal 30/40/50 damage in an area. Spell must be channeled. A great offensive spell for units or buildings in an area. Just be careful because it will damage EVERYTHING, including your own units. However it is a relatively cheap and powerful spell which can help turn combat in your favor. -Summon water elemental: Summons a water elemental with 450/675/900 hit points and 21-29/31-39/41-49 damage. Having another unit to deal damage is nice, but in my opinion not worth the investment of attribute points early on. Its good to have if your archmage is traveling only with other heroes or with a small group, but when in a large group you get better benefits from other abilities. If you are traveling alone, this can help in fighting weaker units by taking damage while you hammer with blizzard, but I never found myself in that situation much. -Brilliance aura: Increases mana regeneration of nearby friendly units, more for each rank. Whenever I took this I found myself doing so for the archmage and other heroes. Your paladin can never have too much mana. Unless you are hardcore casting the mana of your other casters probably won't be much of a problem, but having some extra blizzards or holy lights is very appealing. I would level this as a secondary ability. -Mass teleport: Teleports the archmage and 23 friendly units (24 total) to a friendly ground unit or structure. Depending on your playstyle, you might view this ability as wonderful or useless. When used right it can cause some serious pain for whoevers base your about to obliterate from the inside out, but otherwise its just a convenience thing. Anyway if you have both a paladin and an archmage, probably the best way to use this ability is to run your paladin into an enemy base alone, pop divine shield when you get low, and run right up to the enemy town hall. Then, use your mass teleport to bring the archmage and 23 units into the base and wreak havoc on the main structure and workers. This makes any combat tactics difficult to use (such as keeping ranged or siege in back and moving units taking damage out of the area), but the idea is not survivability; its to "suffocate" the enemy by destroying their ability to harvest resources or build structures. ================================== B. Undead (ROCRU) ================================== The undead are the second race you will play in campaign mode, and are a unique race in several ways. To start, all undead structures with the exception of the necropolis and haunted gold mine must be built on blight. Blight is dead ground which is produced by the necropolis and is spread by other structures built on it. Additionally, the undead worker, the acolyte, only needs to start construction for a structure, after which the structure will complete on its own. The undead also use corpses as a resource. Corpses can be consumed by ghouls to regenerate health and some undead have a reanimate spell which can raise units from corpses. Overall the undead is a race which tends to have more of a focus on high numbers, with fairly weaker units, and the main idea of the undead is to overwhelm your opponent. Only 5 acolytes can harvest gold from a mine, and they do not need to return to a necropolis. However, acolytes cannot harvest lumber. The basic ground unit, the ghoul, must be used to harvest lumber (the ghoul can carry 20 lumber at a time) ---------------------------------- i. Structures ---------------------------------- Necropolis: The Necropolis is the base structure of the undead and trains acolytes (workers). As with the humans, the necropolis can be upgraded twice to satisfy tech tree requirements for other undead structures. This structure has 1500 hit points and costs 300 gold to build. Halls of the dead Damage: 27-33(piercing;800) Speed: Average Armor: 5(fortified) Hit points: 1750 -The halls of the dead is the upgraded version of the necropolis which comes with an attack, and may be further upgraded to a black citadel. Upgrading to a halls of the dead requires 300 gold and 150 lumber. Black citadel Damage: 33-40(piercing;800) Speed: Average Armor: 5(fortified) Hit points: 2000 -The black citadel is the final upgraded version of the necropolis which has a stronger attack, more hit points, and satisfies some top tech tree requirements. Upgrading to a black citadel from a halls of the dead requires 345 gold and 150 lumber. Crypt: The crypt trains basic undead units. These include the ghoul, the crypt fiend, and the gargoyle as an air unit. It also contains upgrades for all of those units: cannibalize and ghoul frenzy for ghouls, web for crypt fiends, and stone form for gargoyles. The crypt has 1300 hit points and requires 280 gold and 50 lumber to construct. Haunted gold mine: Before the undead may harvest gold from a gold mine, it must first be haunted by an acolyte. Up to 5 acolytes may work on a haunted gold mine, and a necropolis does not need to be built nearby in order to harvest gold. The acolytes simply harvest from the mine and it is then added to your total. The haunted gold mine has 950 hit points and requires 300 gold 170 lumber to complete. Graveyard: The graveyard contains damage and armor upgrades for all upgradable undead units, and is also used as a return point for ghouls harvesting lumber. It also regularly drops corpses near it. This structure has 900 hit points and requires 250 gold to build. Ziggurat: The ziggurat provides food for the undead race in quantities of 10, and can also be upgraded to a spirit tower (undead defensive structure). This is quite convenient when playing the campaign as you will need to establish a defense anyway, so having enough food as undead is rarely a problem. The ziggurat has 550 hit points and requires 150 gold 50 lumber to build. Spirit tower Damage: 27-32(piercing;700) Speed: Fast Armor: 5(fortified) Hit points: 550 -The spirit tower is the undead defensive structure. It has a well rounded attack speed and damage, as well as a good amount of armor. It also provides food. Upgrading a ziggurat to a spirit tower costs 160 gold and 40 lumber. Altar of Darkness: The altar of darkness trains the 3 undead heroes: the death knight, the dreadlord, and the lich, and resurrect any fallen heroes as well. The altar has 900 hit points and requires 300 gold 100 lumber to build. Temple of the Damned: The temple of the damned trains the two undead spellcasters: the necromancer and the banshee. It also includes the adept training for each one, and skeletal longevity for necromancers. The temple has 1100 hit points and costs 225 gold 80 lumber to build. Slaughterhouse: The slaughterhouse trains abominations, the strongest undead ground unit, and meat wagons, the undead siege unit. It also contains the disease cloud upgrade which applies to both those units. The slaughterhouse has 1200 hit points and requires 240 gold 80 lumber to build. Sacrificial pit: The sacrificial pit can be used to sacrifice an acolyte, turning it into a shade. It has 900 hit points and requires 200 gold and 80 lumber to construct. Boneyard: The boneyard trains frost wyrms, the most powerful undead unit and possibly the most powerful unit in the game (at a high cost of course). It also contains the freezing breath upgrade for the frost wyrm. The boneyard has 1500 hit points and costs 250 gold 100 lumber to build. ---------------------------------- ii. Units ---------------------------------- Ghoul Damage: 12-14(normal;melee) Speed: Fast Armor: 0(medium) Move speed: Average Hit points: 330 Food: 2 Cost: 140g Applicable upgrades: Unholy strength(damage), Unholy armor(armor), Cannibalize(consume a corpse to restore 10 hit points each second), Ghoul frenzy(Increases attack rate by 25% and move speed to fast). -The ghoul is the most basic undead fighter and also harvests lumber. They are cheap to train and fairly weak in hit points and attack damage, but do move and attack decently with the upgrade. Unfortunately they get dropped too quickly and don't really have any readily usable defensive abilities so once you have other units you may not wish to use ghouls at all offensively. Crypt fiend Damage: 28-33(piercing; 550) GROUND ONLY Speed: Slow Armor: 0(light) Move speed: Average Hit points: 550 Food: 3 Cost: 250g 40L Applicable upgrades: Creature attack(damage), Creature carapace(armor), Web(brings enemy air unit to the ground) -Crypt fiends are a basic ranged fighter, and very well rounded in fighting capability. They are somewhat weak and as a ranged more designed to stay behind the front line. Their web ability is infinitely useful if your attack force is primarily composed of ground melee units, and with enough crypt fiends you won't need any anti-air units. Their attack speed is not amazing but good damage makes up for that. Gargoyle Damage: 44-54(normal;melee) AIR ONLY Speed: Fast Damage: 21-24(piercing;300) GROUND ONLY Speed: Slow Armor: 3 Move speed: Average Hit points: 400 Food: 2 Cost: 220g 30L Applicable upgrades: Creature attack(damage), Creature carapace(armor), Stone form(transform into a stone to gain 12 armor, become immune to spells and regenerate 8 hit points per second, but unable to attack). -Gargoyles are a basic undead flying unit, and fairly decent for its price and food. Its air to air attack is outstanding and I could consider the ghoul one of the best anti-air units in the game. Its ground attack leaves a little to be desired however, and zerging ghouls probably isn t the best strategy to use. For an air unit they are not bad though and if you are facing a lot of melee, they can be of assistance if they can keep away from getting attacked. If you do get attacked excessively, simply retreat and use your stone form. Necromancer Damage: 8-9(magic;600) Speed: Average Armor: 0(unarmored) Move speed: Average Hit points: 305 Food: 2 Cost: 170g 20L Applicable upgrades: Necromancer adept training(2 ranks), increases hit points, mana, regen of mana, and teaches a new spell each rank. Written out as Rank 1/Rank 2, increases hit points by 40/80, mana by 100/200, mana regeneration rate, and teaches unholy frenzy/cripple. Skeletal longevity is other upgrade, which increases duration of reanimated skeletons by 15 seconds. -Necromancers are probably my favorite spellcaster in the game for one reason: Raise dead. They are a purely offensive spellcaster, and all of their abilities are designed to weaken enemies or strengthen your force to kill enemies. Their 3 abilities are unholy frenzy which will increase the attack rate of a target unit by 75% but drain 4 hit points per second for 45 seconds. This is outstanding to use on heroes. Cripple reduces movement speed by 75%, attack by 50%, and damage by 50% for an enemy unit for 60 seconds. It is way too expensive and I suggest using it only on very strong enemy heroes or creeps. And finally, raise dead, which raises 2 skeletons from a corpse to fight. This is a wonderful ability and really in my opinion is the biggest part of what makes the undead shine. A great way to attack an enemy base without any real casualties is to create an army of meat wagons and necromancers, load your meat wagons with corpses, and roll them out near an enemy base. Then just activate auto-casting for all your necromancers for raise dead, and send in your newly created army to raise hell. Skeleton warriors are weak but by shear numbers and continually supplying them it is very easy to overwhelm and wipe out an enemy. Either way with whichever attack force you use, you really want to have some necromancers for support. I would suggest at least 6. Skeleton warrior (summoned) Damage: 14-15(normal;melee) Speed: Slow Armor: 1(medium) Move speed: Average Hit points: 180 Applicable upgrades: Unholy strength(damage), Unholy armor(armor), Skeletal longevity(increases duration of summoned skeletons by 15 seconds for a total duration of 55 seconds). -Skeleton warriors are the melee units summoned by the necromancers raise dead ability. They might not look like much but with a decently sized group of necromancers you can get a vicious swarm of these things. With their power coming from sheer numbers, a massive army of skeleton warriors can level a base very quickly. Banshee Damage: 9-13(magic;600) Speed: Average Armor: 0(unarmored) Move speed: Average Hit points: 290 Food: 2 Cost: 180g 30L Applicable upgrades: Banshee adept training(2 ranks), increases hit points, mana, regen of mana, and teaches a new spell each rank. Written out as Rank 1/Rank 2, increases hit points by 40/80, mana by 100/200, mana regeneration rate, and teaches anti-magic shell/possession. -The banshee is the second undead spellcaster and has a unique array of abilities. The first very useful ability is curse, which causes an enemy unit to have a 33% chance to miss while attacking. Second is anti-magic shell which creates a barrier that stops spells from affecting a particular unit. Useful on heroes or powerful units. Final ability is possession, which is kind of an incidental ability. You can take control of an enemy unit but there are heavy restrictions and the banshee is lost in the process. The best application for this ability is to use it to take control of an enemy factions worker, and gain the ability to use that faction as well. However maintaining 2 factions can be very tedious and often unnecessary, so its more something to do for fun. There's one campaign mission where this ability is easy to use to take control of another faction, so I will mention it for that mission. Meat Wagon Damage: 71-88(siege;1000) Speed: Very slow Armor: 2(medium) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 380 Food: 4 Cost: 270g 65L Applicable upgrades: Unholy strength(damage), disease cloud(creates a disease cloud with each attack which deals 1 damage per second to enemy units for 120 seconds.) -The meat wagon is the undeads only siege unit, but it s got some real good damage and disease cloud can help turn a battle to your favor. It can carry up to 8 corpses and you should always turn the auto-collect corpse feature on after training so it can load up on corpses from a nearby graveyard. However, this should be turned off during combat so your meat wagon does not roll into attack range. For a standard attack group keep a few of these in back like other siege units to bombard enemy attack towers from outside their range, and keep them behind everything else while attacking. Abomination Damage: 33-39(normal;melee) Speed: Average Armor: 0(heavy) Move speed: Average Hit points: 1080 Food: 4 Cost: 280g 70L Applicable upgrades: Unholy strength(damage), unholy armor(armor), disease cloud(creates disease cloud with each attack which deals 1 damage per second to enemy units for 120 seconds.) -The abomination is an exceptional melee unit with good damage, speed, and high hit points. It s disease cloud ability is also nice to have for a little extra area of effect damage. I recommend you keep these on the front of any attack group (unless you are using an army of skeleton warriors) as they can take a hell of a beating, and as a bonus are big and not easy to go around to attack your ranged or casters. A fighting group consisting of crypt fiends behind abominations is a very effective mix which can win you a lot of situations. Frost Wyrm Damage: 85-105(piercing;300) AIR ONLY Speed: Very slow Damage: 84-94(piercing;300) GROUND ONLY Speed: Very slow Armor: 0(heavy) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 1100 Food: 7 Cost: 450g 120L Applicable upgrades: Creature attack(damage), Creature carapace(armor), Freezing breath(stops all activities on a building for 5 seconds) -Frost wyrms are a very powerful unit with heavy damage and high hp, but are very expensive in both terms of resources and food. My suggestion is you train one or at most two of these and use them to freeze building activity, because that ability is very useful. Otherwise, while they do have very high damage and hit points, they attack very slowly and take up a ton of food, so I really can't justify having more than a couple of these. ---------------------------------- iii. Heroes ---------------------------------- The undead have 3 heroes in Reign of Chaos; the death knight, the dreadlord, and the lich. Death knight Damage: 25-35(melee;hero) Speed: Average Armor: 4(hero) Move speed: Fast Strength: 23 (primary attribute) Agility: 12 Intelligence: 17 Base hit points: 675 Base mana: 255 -The death knight is primarily a support hero whose abilities are best focused on supporting your attack force. A very good choice as a first hero as the death knight has one ability to heal allies and one ability to heal himself, so supporting a small attack group is not too bad. -Death coil: Heals for 200/400/600 hit points. Death coil is by my suggestion the ability you want to max out first. I am unsure of the damage. Being able to heal your units is a great way to gain an edge and save money. I personally do not use it at all to attack enemy units because you do not have a ton of mana, and I see mana better spent as keeping your own units up. -Death pact: Kills a friendly unit to heal the death knight for 100%/200%/300% of its hit points. This is a good ability to have if your death knight is taking a lot of damage, which may be likely since he is melee. This is best used on skeleton warriors, since they are not purchased and easy to summon. Obviously do not sacrifice your higher end units unless you are desperate. -Unholy aura: Increases movement speed by 10/20/30%, and life regeneration rate minorly/moderately/greatly of nearby units. A good all around passive ability to have if you have a heavy focus on melee. If you are using a lot of skeleton warriors this may be a good idea to get before death pact so your warriors can move in to attack quicker. The area regeneration is also nice to help keep your army alive a little longer. If your death knights survivability is fine or if you are unsure of what to get, I would suggest this one. -Animate dead: Raise 6 INVULNERABLE dead units to fight for 40 seconds. This ability is incredible, obviously because your units are immune. Best used next to corpses from powerful units obviously. This affects enemy units and friendly units alike. Most important thing is MAKE SURE YOU HIT SIX CORPSES! Nothing is more aggravating than when you only get 2 or 3 resurrects and then have to wait out that long cooldown to use it again. Anyway the possibilities with 6 immune units are endless. I would suggest you take them into an enemy base and kill the main structure and as many workers as possible, or at least as many as you can. If you can manage to get them all you just need to wait out their resources and you win. This is certainly a fun one :) Dreadlord Damage: 22-32(hero;melee) Speed: Fast Armor: 3(hero) Move speed: Average Strength: 20 (primary attribute) Agility: 16 Intelligence: 18 Base hit points: 600 Base mana: 270 -The dreadlord is an offensive hero with several useful offensive abilities. Which ability you max first depends on your playstyle. Carrion swarm: Sends bats to damage enemy units for 75/125/200 per unit. This is a nice basic area damage ability that does very decent damage in its final rank. If you are indecisive I will suggest leveling this first, as it makes for some good firepower support. -Sleep: Puts an enemy unit to sleep for 20/40/60 seconds and 100/75/50 mana. I personally never really used this ability as I preferred to kill units rather than putting them to sleep. You can sleep multiple units though and it can be useful against heroes, so in its final ranks it s a powerful ability. Attacking a unit wakes it up though, so using this with carrion swarm can be a challenge. I would suggest that if you chose to max one of these, you save the other to max till last unless you don't have a problem with waking units. -Vampiric Aura: Nearby friendly units gain 15/30/45% of damage dealt as health. This is a much better passive than the death knight increased regeneration and with this active, offense means survivability which is a very nice gap to bridge. I definitely suggest leveling this as a secondary attribute, if not your primary. However as mentioned before I would save sleep or carrion swarm for last. -Inferno: Calls down an inferno, dealing 50 damage and stunning land units for 4 seconds. Inferno lasts 180 seconds. As with most ultimate abilities this is great. The infernal is an extremely powerful melee unit with high hp, chaos damage, high damage and fast attack speed, spell immunity, AND the infernal deals 10 damage per second to nearby land units. Due to spell immunity it cannot be healed however, so be careful. While not the best ultimate the infernal still makes for a good way to wreak some havoc in the middle of a group of enemies. Lich Damage: 22-28(hero;600) Speed: Fast Armor: 2(hero) Move speed: Average Strength: 15 Agility: 14 Intelligence: 20 (primary attriute) Base hit points: 475 Base mana: 300 -The lich is an offensive caster hero, and capable of dealing loads of damage. It is a little fragile so keep in back of course. All abilities and standard attack are ranged. -Frost nova: Attacks a target for 100 damage, and deals cold damage to nearby units for 50/100/150 nova damage. I highly recommend you max this as your first ability. The only other one to max would be frost armor, but I consider this much stronger. Dealing area of effect damage and slowing multiple units at the same time helps a great deal. -Frost armor: Creates a shield around a target friendly unit which adds 3/5/7 armor and slows melee units that attack it. I don't see a lot of appeal in this ability. 7 armor is not as much as it sounds like on most units as each additional armor value gives less damage reduction, and the ability to slow through a damaging attack rather than defensively is a point better spent. -Dark ritual: Sacrfices a friendly undead unit to convert 33/66/100% of its hit points into mana. Again a great ability to use on skeleton warriors. Let your necromancers keep summoning warriors, keep sacrificing them and frost bombing away. This should be your second ability to max no matter what you pick, as a lich burns mana pretty quick and their power is all in casting. -Death and decay: Deals 4% damage per second to everything in the area for 35 seconds. Another amazing ultimate ability. Notice how it says everything, so you can essentially level a chunk of a base in 25 seconds if you can maintain channeling of this. Obviously can also be used on a congested group of enemy units as well, but I personally see this ability shine more than anything when attacking bases. Either way an excellent ability. ================================== c. Orc (ROCRO) ================================== The orcs are similar to humans in regards to their construction and resource gathering, and just like humans one worker (peon) must stay to construct the building. They also gather resources like normal, and peons can gather lumber. Anyway, orcs are more of a strength oriented race, with many of their units having higher hit points and damage, at the cost of a little more food for most units. In my opinion they also have the best emergency defense in the game, which I will detail shortly. ---------------------------------- i. Structures ---------------------------------- Great hall: The great hall is the orcs main building, used to train peons and also houses an upgrade called pillage. This upgrade allows peons, grunts, and raiders to gain resources when they attack enemy buildings. At 75 gold and 25 lumber it is an ability you may as well take whether you use a lot of raiders and grunts or not. It will EASILY pay for itself. The great hall has 1500 hp and costs 450 gold 150 lumber to construct. Stronghold: The stronghold is the first upgrade to the great hall, granting more hit points and allowing further upgrades and buildings/units. Upgrading to a stronghold increases hit points up to 2000 and costs 310 gold 90 lumber. Fortress: The fortress is the final upgrade to the great hall. Upgrading to a fortress increases hit points to 2500 and costs 345 gold 110 lumber. Barracks: The barracks trains grunts, trolls, and catapults, the orc siege weapon. It contains one upgrade for grunts and one for trolls. The barracks has 1200 hit points and costs 260 gold 50 lumber to build. War mill: The war mill serves as a dropoff point for lumber, contains all orc damage and armor upgrades (note that orcs only have one type of armor), and an upgrade for buildings. This last upgrade surrounds orc buildings with spikes, causing damage to melee attackers. Also a no-brainer upgrade at 75 gold and 25 lumber. The war mill has 1000 hit points and requires 240 gold to construct. Watch tower Damage: 16-18 Speed: Very fast Armor: 3(fortified) Hit points: 500 -The watch tower is the orcs primary defense structure. It has lower damage than the other races defense towers, but a much faster attack and is slightly cheaper. As with all defense towers, works very well in groups. The watch tower has 500 hit points and costs 180 gold 80 lumber to build. Orc burrow: Damage: 34-41(piercing;700) Speed: Varies on number of peons Armor: 2(MEDIUM) Hit points: 600 -The orc burrow provides food for the horde in quantities of 10, and is used for emergency defense for the orcs. The burrow has an ability to summon up to 4 peons into the bunker; each peon increases attack speed. With 4 peons it is a little slower than a watch tower. You may consider building these behind watch towers and loading them up whenever your base gets attacked. If you can kill the enemy quicker you might save a watch tower or two which will save you resources. The burrow costs 170 gold 50 lumber to build. Be careful using them, because they do not have fortified armor. Altar of storms: The altar of storms trains and resurrects orc heroes. That's all. It has 900 hit points and costs 300 gold 100 lumber to construct. Spirit lodge: The spirit lodge trains the orc spellcasters: the shaman and the troll witch doctor. It also contains the adept/master training for both of those units. The spirit lodge has 800 hit points and costs 225 gold 90 lumber to build. Beastiary: The beastiary trains 3 other orc units, the raider(a basic ground unit with a siege attack), the kodo beast (a heavily armored ground unit), and the wyvern(the orcs only air unit). It also contains one upgrade for each of those units. The beastiary has 1100 hit points and costs 230 hold 70 lumber to make. Tauren totem: The tauren totem is used to train taurens, a very powerful ground unit, and has one upgrade for them. The totem has 1200 hit points and costs 225 gold 90 lumber to construct. ---------------------------------- ii. Units ---------------------------------- Peon Damage: 7-8(normal;melee) Speed: Very slow Armor: 0(medium) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 250 Food: 1 Cost: 90g Applicable upgrades: God no -The peon is the orc worker, and also the unit that can fill burrows to defend the base. They are very weak in combat obviously and can t do much to fend off attackers. Grunt Damage: 18-12 Speed: Average Armor: 1(medium) Move speed: Average Hit points: 700 Food: 3 Cost: 235g Applicable upgrades: Steel melee weapons(damage), Steel armor(armor), Pillage(gain resources when attacking enemy buildings) -The grunt is a fine basic melee unit, with a very good amount of hit points and decent damage. Even in the higher end levels you may consider using these as your front line. The fact that they also gain resources when attacking structures is a plus. Overall they are a very well rounded and stronger than average basic melee unit. Troll headhunter Damage: 23=-27(piercing; 450) Speed: Slow Armor: 0(light) Move speed: Average Hit points: 350 Food: 2 Cost: 160g 20L Applicable upgrades: Steel ranged weapons(damage), Steel armor(armor), troll regeneration(increases hit point regeneration of headhunters and witch doctors). -The trolls are a decent ranged unit, although there range is a little shallower than other basic ranged units. They also have slightly lower hit points, but their food cost is lower as well so all in all it more or less balances out. You will likely want to have even numbers of these and grunts when running them. Grunts are a strong melee and can take quite a beating, and the idea is never to have your headhunters getting attacked. They will get dropped fairly fast. Catapult Damage: 82-102(siege;1000) Speed: Very slow Armor: 2(medium) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 425 Food: 4 Cost: 260g 70L Applicable upgrades: Steel ranged weapons(damage), Steel armor(armor) -The catapult is the highest damage siege weapon in the game, but also the slowest. It takes a bit longer to fire than other siege units. Otherwise everything about it comes pretty standard; reasonable hit points, armor, cost, beverage holder..everything your looking for in your standard siege unit. Shaman Damage: 8-9(magic;600) Speed: Slow Armor: 0(unarmored) Move speed: Average Hit points: 355 Food: 2 Cost: 150g 20L Applicable upgrades: Shaman adept training(Increases hit points by 40/80, mana by 100/200, mana regeneration, and teaches lightning shield/bloodlust. Same as any other caster. -The shaman provides mainly support abilities. These include purge, an ability that removes all buffs from a unit and slows movement speed by 5. They regain move speed over 15 seconds. This ability is also very powerful for attacking summoned units, dealing 400 damage. Lightning shield surrounds a target in lightning which deals 20 damage per second to units around it for 20 seconds. This is great to use on melee heroes in the middle of the fight. Finally bloodlust, which increases a units attack rate by 40% and move speed by 25%. This is also great to use on melee heroes in the middle of the fight. Troll witch doctor Damage: 10-14(magic;600) Speed: Average Armor: 0(unarmored) Move speed: Average Hit points: 315 Food: 2 Cost: 170g 25L Applicable upgrades: Witch doctor adept training(increases hit points by 40/80, mana by 100/200, mana regeneration, and teaches stasis trap/healing ward). -The witch doctor summons wards, objects placed on the ground that wield some type of effect. Well start with sentry ward, which does NOTHING, but it is invisible and detects invisible units, and provides vision to an area for 600 seconds. Very useful to place ahead of your base to warn of incoming attackers. Second ward is the stasis trap, also invisible, which activates when an enemy ground unit approaches and stuns any units nearby for 6 seconds. Lasts up to 150 seconds. Finally is the healing ward, not so invisible, which heals 2% hp per second for nearby biological units. This ward is very useful and a good idea to plant near any battle in progress. Raider Damage: 23-27(siege;melee) Speed: Average Armor: 0(light) Move speed: fast Hit points: 610 Food: 3 Cost: 210g 40L Applicable upgrades: Steel melee weapons(damage), Steel armor(armor), Ensnare(nets an enemy to the ground so it cannot move, also grounds air units), pillage(again, gains resources when attacking buildings. -The raider is another powerful ground unit similar to the grunt, with a bit less hit points and a bit more damage. It also has siege damage, making it very handy for leveling buildings. Raiders do die a bit quicker than grunts though, but it is useful to have 4 or 5 of them mixed in with melee to help destroy buildings quicker. Their ensnare ability is also helpful against powerful melee units. By stopping them in their tracks you can just let your ranged pound away scot free. Kodo beast Damage: 16-20(piercing;500) Speed: Fast Armor: 1(heavy) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 1000 Food: 4 Cost: 300g 60L Applicable upgrades: War drums(increases the damage bonus of the war drums aura which the kodo beast emits) -The kodo beast is good for its abilities only, but they are great abilities. The first is devour, an ability which consumes a land unit and deals 5 damage per second to it. Just use this on powerful ground units to take them out of the picture. The second is war drums, which gives a damage bonus across the board for nearby friendly units. Very useful passive, and every attack group should have a kodo beast. You do not need more than 1 unless you are having survivability issues. Kodo beasts should stay back as far as possible where they can still grant the aura to your attack group. Wyvern Damage: 38-46(piercing;450) Speed: Slow Armor: 0(heavy) Move speed: Fast Hit points: 570 Food: 4 Cost: 310g 40L Applicable upgrades: Steel ranged weapons(damage), Steel armor(armor), Envenomed spears(deals 4 damage per second for 25 seconds to biological units) -The wyvern is the hordes only air unit, but its a very decent air unit. It has good damage, hit points, and the poisoned attack ability is outstanding. Massing an army of just wyverns actually is not too bad a strategy, but if nothing else you should have one or two in every attack group for their poison attack. It deals 100 damage over 25 seconds to all biological units, and is not limited to one target at a time. This couples with the wyverns already decent standard damage makes it a very powerful offensive unit to have. Tauren Damage: 30-36(normal;melee) Speed: Average Armor: 3(heavy) Move speed: Average Hit points: 1300 Food: 5 Cost: 325g 80L Applicable upgrades: Steel melee weapons(damage), Steel armor(armor), Pulverize(gives tauren 25% chance do deal 60 damage to nearby units) -I would probably consider taurens the most powerful ground unit in the game. With an incredible amount of hp and very decent damage, plus their chance for area damage, they can be deadly and real hard to bring down. They are not cheap however, and can make a pretty big target. But as far as firepower goes, they hold their own and its definitely a good idea to have a few of these with any attack group you have. ---------------------------------- iii. Heroes ---------------------------------- Far seer Damage: 21-27(hero;600) Speed: Average Armor: 3(hero) Move speed: Fast Strength: 15 Agility: 18 Intelligence: 19 (primary attribute) Base hit points: 475 Base mana: 285 -The far seer has a decent variety of abilities, mostly geared toward offense. Certainly a powerful hero in higher levels but a bit slow in the early levels. -Chain lightning: Hurls a bolt of lightning dealing 85/125/180 damage and jumping 4/6/8 times to additional nearby targets. This is a very powerful offensive aoe ability, and the one I suggest leveling first. It uses quite a bit of mana but deals a very good amount of damage to groups of enemies, especially at its top rank. -Far sight: Reveals a small/large/huge area of the map for 75/60/50 mana. This ability can have its uses but I personally believe the other 2 abilities are more worth the attribute points. As far as early warning goes you can use sentry totems to stake out any areas you need to maintain sight of..for 10 minutes. You could use far sight to scout an enemy base before attacking, but at final rank you can just as easily run your spirit wolves in, as they are invisible. In my opinion there are other ways to achieve what far sight does and I think there are attributes better invested in. -Feral spirit: Summons 2 spirit wolves with 200/300/400 hit points that deal 11-12/16-17/21/22 damage. The second rank has critical strike, and the third rank has a better critical strike and invisibility. These wolves can be very handy in their invisible form for scouting, or particularly in defense for sneaking out to destroy any incoming siege units. Also good for sneaking into a base and harassing workers. There are several secondary applications for spirit wolves and they make a good secondary attribute. -Earthquake: Causes 50 damage per second to buildings and slows units in the area by 75% for 25 seconds. This ability when used right is your enemy factions worst nightmare. Full scale attack aside, if you can find a good position above a base out of sight, you can just harass the hell out of a base. I would consider this by far the best ability versus enemy structures, dealing 1250 damage over its duration. That's enough by itself to destroy any defensive structures, food provision buildings, and pretty much any unit producing structure. Very useful for cluttered bases and defense grids. Blademaster Damage: 25-47(hero;melee) Speed: Fast Armor: 5(hero) Move speed: Fast Strength: 18 Agility: 23 (primary attribute) Intelligence: 16 Base hit points: 550 Base mana: 240 -The blademaster is one of very few agility based heroes, and is quick and evasive. He has some great abilities for dealing burst damage and some very solid defense abilities, and is less geared toward sustained or heavy area damage. -Wind walk: Becomes invisible for 20/35/50 seconds and increases move speed by 10/40/70%. When blademaster attacks from invisibility deals 40/70/100 extra damage. This ability is great for scouting and harassment and certainly the blademasters best ability early on. I suggest leveling this one first. It serves both offensively and defensively, offering a good burst damage and a quick retreat back into invisibility. -Mirror image: Creates 1/2/3 illusions of the blademaster. Another great defensive ability. Useful for scouting as well. Your blademaster can be pretty self sustainable with multiple illusions of himself, allowing him to do a lot of damage before slinking back into invisibility. -Critical strike: Gives a 15% chance to do 2/3/4 times normal damage. This ability coupled with wind walk means an outstanding potential burst attack. Getting a critical strike out of wind walk means a HUGE chunk of damage. The odds are a bit low but with as much as you will probably be wind walking later on, it will happen more often than you think. I suggest this as your secondary attribute, though mirror images are not much worse. It comes down to personal preference. -Bladestorm: Creates a bladestorm dealing 110 damage per second to nearby enemy land units. Bladestorm is a very deadly burst ability when you can stay near opponents, but useless otherwise. Just wind walk into an attack group, wind walk out of invisibility, and pop bladestorm. It does a total of about 800 damage so whoever you can catch in there for the full duration is likely dead. Use wisely. Tauren chieftain Damage: 27-37(hero;melee) Speed: Average Armor: 2(hero) Move speed: Average Strength: 25 (primary attribute) Agility: 10 Intelligence: 14 Base hit points: 725 Base mana: 210 -The tauren chieftain is likely the most powerful melee hero in the game, boasting very nice base attributes and considerable melee abilities. The chieftain has a very nice passive ability and a unique ultimate ability, as well as some powerful area damage capabilities. -Shockwave: Deals 75/130/200 damage in line in front of the chieftain. A very nice area damage ability which travels a good distance. Has a potentially high total of damage when used at the right angle. Remember you want this to have as many units in a line as you can. Very lethal when several units caught in the radius. -War stomp: Slams the ground dealing 25/50/75 damage to nearby enemy units and stunning for 3/4/5 seconds. This is an excellent crowd control ability. A 5 second area of effect stun nets you a lot of open season on the enemy group. -Endurance aura: Increases move speed by 10/20/30% and attack speed by 5/10/15%. This is a real nice passive ability, and I would suggest this as your secondary ability. I didn t suggest a primary ability on purpose, because both the shockwave and war stomp are useful abilities and it really comes down to personal preference. If you want to deal raw damage take shockwave; if you want to control the enemy group more then take war stomp. But as far as endurance aura goes, its a nice little extra edge for your army. -Reincarnation: The chieftain comes back to life when killed. Definitely an incidental ability, since for it to be useful you have to wind up dying. On the plus side as long as its off cooldown you really don t need to worry at all about your chieftains life..just send him in and let him get ripped apart without regard. But I really think ones focus should be on letting a hero live, and a good player will not let a hero die. Therefore I don't see this as a very useful ultimate. I would much rather have something that can level a base or make dust of an army. ================================== d. Night elf (ROCRNE) ================================== The night elves are the most unique race of all in several ways. Overall they do not have the heavy firepower that other races do, and most of their units appear weaker than average. Conversely to this, I would consider the night elves to have the best air force you can assemble, as you will see by their air units later. But on the ground they are certainly more of a tactical race, not designed to just zerg out an army and annihilate everyone. Their resource gathering is the same as the undead for gold..up to 5 wisps can work at an entangled mine and harvest gold directly. Their lumber harvesting is similiar..wisps simply circle a tree and harvest lumber directly without destroying the tree. This makes for some relatively pain free lumber harvesting, as you will never run out of forest and will always maintain a solid perimeter around your base. The archer, huntress, and priestess of the moon also have the ability to shadowmeld, allowing them to turn invisible while not moving during the night. This is useful for survivability and scouting, and really is a big part of why night elves are designed to attack at night (plus their increased night sight upgrade, and moonwells regeneration occurring only at night) ---------------------------------- i. Structures ---------------------------------- Night elf structures are unlike any other. When any ancient or the tree of life are built, the wisp is lost in the process. Any other structures are built in the same manner as humans and orcs. Night elf trees can uproot and gain a melee attack with a slow or average attack speed, which is designed as their emergency defense. Their damage is alright but their move speed is horrendous. When facing melee this is kind of a moot point, but versus range you may never catch them before getting torn down. When you uproot your armor turns to heavy, so you will be taking a lot more damage than a standard structure would. Tree of life Damage: 41-50(normal;melee) Speed: Slow Armor: 2(fortified) Move speed: Very slow -The tree of life is the main structure of the night elves, and like any other can be upgraded twice. Wisps can be trained here as usual. The tree is also used to entangle a gold mine so that it can be harvested by wisps. There is an upgrade here which will increase all ancients movement speed and armor by up to 5 additional armor. This should most certainly be purchased, especially if you are so friggin cheap you would rather just move your 10 ancients protectors to the opposite side of a base to defend an incoming attack, rather than build a separate group. But anyway..the tree of life has 1300 hit points and costs 400 gold and 150 lumber to build. Tree of ages Damage: 49-60(normal;melee) Speed: Slow Armor: 2(fortified) Move speed: Very slow -The tree of ages is the first upgrade to the tree of life, and in addition to the standard extra hit points, it gains a little more damage as well. The tree now has 1700 hit points and costs 320 gold 80 lumber to upgrade. Tree of eternity Damage: 60-74(normal;melee) Speed: Slow Armor: 2(fortified) Move speed: Yes, still very slow -The tree of eternity has a little more hp, a little more damage, but the same horrendous move speed. Upgrading increases hit points to 2000 and costs 350 gold 120 lumber to complete. Ancient of war Damage: 45-55(normal;melee) Speed: Slow Armor: 2(fortified) Move speed: ...guess? -The ancient of war trains two basic ground units, the archer and huntress and the night elf siege weapon, the ballista. It also contains several upgrades; two for the archer, two for the huntress, and one for the ballista. The ancient of war has 1000 hit points and requires 230 gold 70 lumber to morph into. Hunters hall: The hunters hall contains all night elf damage and armor upgrades, and also an upgrade granting night elves the ability to see as far at night as they do during the day. You pretty much need to take this..you NIGHT elf you. This will help you see your enemies before they see you. The hunters hall has 1100 hit points and costs 245 gold 100 lumber to build. Ancient protector Damage: 45-54(piercing...sometimes siege? 700) ROOTED Speed: Slow Armor: 1(fortified) Move speed: He doesn t move yet Damage: 26-33 (normal;melee) UPROOTED Speed: Average Armor: 1(heavy) Move speed: Now hes crawling -The ancient protector is the night elves defensive structure..unlike others due to their slow speed and high damage. These can actually be used creatively when attacking, just amass an army of them (remember they are buildings, they don't take food), set them up outside a base, and send in a regular attack group. You can either draw enemy units to your protectors, or you can have your protectors follow your group in, root down and attack the base from inside. Just root them quick..once they get fortified armor they arent easy to take down. If your health gets low, go eat a tree. No really..that's an ability. Probably the most useful defensive structure in the game, for that reason in particular. They can be used offensively very nicely. The protector has 600 hit points and requires 160 gold 80 lumber to build. Moon well: The night elves source of food provision in incriments of 10, the moon well also has an ability that restores the mana and health of a friendly target, by using its own mana. Take note the moonwells mana regenerates only at night. Still a very nice supplement to have. The moon well has 600 hit points and costs 175 gold 40 lumber to build. Altar of elders: Just like any other altar..train and resurrect your heroes. Has 900 hit points. Costs 300 gold 100 lumber. Ancient of lore Damage: 41-50(normal;melee) Speed: Slow Armor: 2(fortified) Move speed: Do they actually seem to be getting even slower? The ancient of lore trains the night elves caster type creatures, the dryad and druid of the claw. Also contains a learnable ability for the dryad and adept training for the druid. The ancient of lore has 900 hit points and costs 240 gold and 80 lumber to metamorphasize into. Ancient of wind Damage: 38-46(normal;melee) Speed: Slow Armor: 2(fortified) Move speed: He made it all the way across my base in three and a half short minutes. -The ancient of wind trains hippogryphs, a basic air unit, and druids of the claw. It also contains one upgrade for hippogryphs and adept training for the druid. The ancient has 900 hit points and costs a wisp 220 gold 80 lumber to become one. Chimera roost: The roost trains chimeras (really?), a powerful air unit. It also contains one upgrade for them. The roost has 1200 hit points and costs 230 gold 70 lumber to make. ---------------------------------- ii. Units ---------------------------------- Archer Damage: 19-22(piercing;500) Speed: Average Armor: 0(light) Move speed: Average Hit points: 260 Food: 2 Cost: 150g 10L Applicable upgrades: Strength of the moon(damage), Moon armor(armor), improved bows(increases attack range by 200), marksmanship(increases damage by 3) -The archer is a fairly cheap, basic ranged attack unit. Range is excellent and damage is good, but the archer will die super fast with only 260 hit points. The obvious solution with such range and low hit points is to keep your archers in back at all times. When used properly they can do some good damage. Huntress Damage: 15-17(normal;225) Speed: Average Armor: 1(medium) Move speed: Fast Hit points: 550 Food: 3 Cost: 225g 20L Applicable upgrades: Strength of the moon(damage), Moon armor(armor), Sentinel(sends an owl to a tree to grant vision and detect invisibles), Moon glaive(allows attacks to strike two additional nearby enemies, up from one) -The huntress is another basic ranged class, with considerably more hp and shorter range than the archer. Their damage is lower but the glaive attack is nice for attacking additional nearby units. Still they are not really considered tanking material though for earlier missions they kind of just have to do, but not really a huge issue then at least. Later on you will have more tanking appropriate units. Ballista Damage: 56-69(siege;1000) Speed: Very slow Armor: 2(medium) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 380 Food: 4 Cost: 245g 85L Applicable upgrades: Strength of the moon(damage), Impaling bolt(allows the ballista to attack an additional target behind the primary one for less damage). -The ballista has a lower than average base damage, but a slightly quicker attack speed and the ability to damage a second target. This makes it a nice siege unit to have. As usual a few of these greatly assist in leveling a base. Dryad Damage: 16-18(piercing;500) Speed: Slow Armor: 0(unarmored) Move speed: Fast Hit points: 435 Food: 3 Cost: 170g 60L Applicable upgrades: Strength of the wild(damage), Reinforced hides(armor), Abolish magic(trains the dryad the abolish magic ability) -The dryad is more or less a hybrid between a caster and an attacker, and has only one castable ability; abolish magic. This ability dispels positive buffs from enemies and negative buffs from friendly units, and also deals 300 damage to summoned units. This has use for heroes if they are getting cut apart by spells, but I never really focused on it. I used the dryad for the slowing poison more than anything, which slows an enemies attack by 50% and move speed by 25% for 5 seconds. Use a few of these in an attack group to slow your opponent down. Druid of the claw Damage: 19-22(normal;melee) NIGHT ELF FORM Speed: Average Armor: 1(medium) NIGHT ELF FORM Damage: 29-44(normal;melee) BEAR FORM Speed: Average Armor: 3(heavy) BEAR FORM Move speed: Average ALL FORMS Hit points: 430 NIGHT ELF FORM Hit points: 960 BEAR FORM Food: 4 Cost: 300g 80L Applicable upgrades: Strength of the wild(Damage;BEAR FORM), Reinforced hides(Damage;BEAR FORM), Adept training(Increases hit points by 75/150, mana by 100/200, mana regeneration rate, and teaches rejuvenation/bear form) -Druid of the claw are an excellent hybrid unit to have, and the best melee unit to use for holding the front line. Their bear form makes for just as powerful a melee unit as any other faction for their hit points and attack power. The druid form has two excellent abilities; roar will increase nearby units damage by 25% for 45 seconds, and rejuvenation heals for 400 over 12 seconds. Both outstanding abilities to use and couples with bear form makes druids of the claw one of the most versatile and fun to use units in the game. Hippogryph Damage: 32-38(normal;melee) Speed: Fast Armor: 0(medium) Move speed: Fast Hit points: 500 Food: 2 Cost: 190g 20L Applicable upgrades: Strength of the wild(damage), Reinforced hides(armor) -The hippogryph in its standard form is an air-to-air attacker only. It has decent damage and a good attack speed, but whenever using hippogryphs you will probably pick up archers so they can attack ground as well. If you are having trouble with air you can just convert your druids of the talon temporarily to take care of it. Hippogryph rider Damage: 19-22(piercing;650) Speed: Fast Armor: 0(heavy) Move speed: Fast Hit points: 780 Food: 4 (2 archer, 2 hippogryph) Cost: 340g 20L (150g 10L for archer, 190g 20L for hippogryph) Applicable upgrades: Strength of the moon(damage), Moon armor(armor), improved bows(increases range by 200), marksmanship(increases damage by 3). -Hippogryph riders are a very nice flying unit; one of two for the night elves. Their damage is a little lower but attack speed is very nice, comparable to a defensive tower (not night elves obviously). With a good sum of hit points and very nice range for a flyer they make a good well rounded use of an air unit. I would consider chimaeras a bit better when fighting ground, as they have the same food quantity and double attacks, but are running exclusively air its good to have a few of these to take care of enemy air units (chimeras cannot attack air). Druid of the Talon Damage: 11-13(magic;600) NIGHT ELF FORM Speed: Average Armor: 0(unarmored) NIGHT ELF FORM Move speed: Average NIGHT ELF FORM Damage: 22-26(piercing;600) STORM CROW FORM Speed: Average Armor: 0(light) STORM CROW FORM Move speed: Fast STORM CROW FORM Hit points: 300 ALL FORMS Food: 2 Cost: 160g 20L Applicable upgrades: Strength of the wild(damage;STORM CROW FORM), Reinforced hides(armor;STORM CROW FORM), adept training(Increase hit points by 40/80, mana by 100/200, mana regeneration rate, and teaches cyclone/storm crow form) -The druid of the talon is another type of shapeshifter, but not nearly as handy as the druid of the claw. He has 2 abilities plus a shapeshift. Faerie fire is probably the most useful one there is, decreasing an enemy s armor by 4 and granting vision for 90 seconds. With a few talons you can get this on a good chunk of an attack force, giving you sight all over the place and lending some extra damage. Can't really go wrong at 45 mana. The other ability is cyclone, which tosses a target non-mechanical into the air rendering it useless for 20 seconds. Good versus heroes but an expensive one, costing 150 mana (over a third of a masters mana pool). Finally we have storm crow form, allowing the druid to fly and attack other air units. Useful versus air or for scouting, but not really considerable offensively. It is nice to have convenience of transport though for scouting purposes, as you can fly up near an enemy base and cast faerie fire on a worker or other unit in the base to see whats going on. Otherwise I generally just use talons for their faerie fire auto casting. Chimaera Damage: 67-83(piercing;450) Speed: Slow Damage: 45-55(siege;700) BUILDINGS ONLY Speed: Slow Armor: 2(heavy) Move speed: Slow Hit points: 900 Food: 4 Cost: 390g 70L Applicable upgrades: Strength of the wild(damage), Reinforced hides(armor), Corrosive breath(adds a siege attack for buildings) -The chimaera is an extremely power unit for air-to-ground combat, having a high damage piercing attack for units and siege attack for buildings. Its only downside is it cannot attack air units, but all you need are a few hippogryph riders to take care of that. With some hippogryph riders and an army of chimeras, you pretty much have all the firepower you need to take down an enemy base. Once you can get these having an army exclusively of air works very well for the night elf race. ---------------------------------- iii. Heroes ---------------------------------- Priestess of the moon Damage: 21-31(hero;600) Speed: Average Armor: 4(hero) Move speed: Fast Strength: 18 Agility: 19 (primary attribute) Intelligence: 15 Base hit points: 550 Base mana: 225 -The priestess of the moon has some nice damage boosting abilities and capabilities a wonderful ultimate, but can drain mana fast if not careful. -Scout: Summon an average/better/best owl to scout the map for 100/75/50 mana. I would pass on this till the end..there are much better abilities you want as part of the night elf race. Night elves already have decent scouting abilities between a talon druids faerie fire, the huntresses owl- on-tree scout, and shadowmeld. -Searing arrows: Increases damage of priestess attack by 10/20/30. A very nice boost to damage and really the only thing that will be draining your mana besides starfall if you are there. A word of advice: do not just leave this on auto attack unchecked. You WILL run out of mana damn fast. Keep it on auto-cast when your mana is full, and turn it off when you get to fighting some smaller groups. You just want to make sure you always have some mana in reserve for when you really need this. Anyway this is a good use of a secondary ability. -Trueshot aura: Increases base ranged damage by 10/20/30%. Make this your primary attribute, period. I mean, like, dude, there s only like, ONE night elf unit that isn t totally ranged. Between your archers and huntresses and chimeras and hippogryph riders and all that stuff, trueshot aura gives a beautiful benefit at 30% increased ranged damage. The only thing that won t be affected are your druids of the claw, but nobody cares. -Starfall: Calls down waves of stars damaging nearby units for 50 damage per wave for 45 seconds. Yet another outstanding ability, this lazy-mans ultimate requires almost no effort whatsoever. All you need to do is stand in the middle of battle and start the channeling. Stars will fall and fall for 45 seconds, burning up all enemy units nearby. Certainly the shining beacon of the priestess. Keeper of the grove Damage: 20-26(hero;600) Speed: Average Armor: 3(hero) Move speed: Fast Strength: 16 Agility: 15 Intelligence: 18 (primary attribute) Base hit points: 500 Base mana: 270 -The keeper of the grove has all nature-based abilities (strange for a night elf I know) that range from offensive to defensive. A good hero for crown control and healing. -Entangling roots: Brings up roots that cause 15/15/25 damage per second for 9/24/36 seconds to a target unit. A nice and excessively annoying ability, as its a crowd control and damaging ability all in one. Certainly very useful against heroes and powerful units. I would suggest this as one of your first two abilities. -Force of nature: Summons 2/3/4 treants for 60 seconds from an area of trees. Treants have 300 hit points and deal 15-17 damage. This is a fun ability to use...nothing like bringing the forest to life where your poor opponents peasants are chopping lumber. But I don't consider it as beneficial as the other two. I would save this till the end, but if you really want it its not a terrible ability. -Thorns aura: Returns 10/20/30% of an enemy units melee attacks. Obviously an excellent ability when your facing heavy melee, and if that is the case, take this as your primary. If your opponent is not super ultra mega melee, its at your discretion whether to get this or entangling roots. I would still prefer thorns aura, as that's quite a bit of reflected damage, especially for units like taurens or abominations. Tranquility: Heals friendly units in an area for 20 hit points per second for 30 seconds. Certainly the best healing ability in the game. Tranquility will restore 600 health points to all units in the area you are healing through, which can very easily make the difference in a match. Keep your units in the area of course. Demon hunter Damage: 24-46(hero;melee) Speed: Fast Armor: 5(hero) Move speed: Fast Strength: 19 Agility: 22 (primary attribute) Intelligence: 16 Base hit points: 575 Base mana: 240 -Demon hunter is my favorite hero in the game, mostly because of his awesome ultimate and very powerful solo ability. This hero does really good versus melee and heroes/spellcasters, and also has good survivability with a very nice passive ability. -Mana burn: Burns 50/100/150 mana and deals damage equal to the mana burned. This is a great ability versus spellcasters and can quickly wear an enemy caster or hero down. A very incidental ability, but real good to have in single player particularly to kill powerful creeps with mana. -Immolation: Consumes mana at a rate of about 5 per second to deal 10/15/20 damage per second to nearby melee. I would most certainly max this attribute first. If you are not using or do not have mana burn this essentially is all you need your mana for, and at final rank can just wreck a group of melee or even ranged if you get close enough. -Evasion: Grants a 10/20/30% chance for an opponent to miss. Again if you do not have much use for mana burn, I would certainly take this as a secondary attribute. With this and immolation you can deal great damage and survive for quite awhile like that. If you are having issues with casters or heroes then by all means take mana burn first, but otherwise if you just want to unleash your demon hunter on a killing spree, you certainly will want evasion. -Metamorphosis: Transforms into a demon to grant 500 bonus hit points, and ranged chaos damage attack with better damage and attack speed. This really is a wonderful ultimate for the demon hunter and using this with full ranks of immolation aura and evasion is a sure fire way to raise all kinds of hell. You would be pretty surprised at what a demon hunter can solo with all that capability. An easy way to level a base too, as a full-damage chaos attack with very rapid attack speed can level buildings faster than anything. ========================================================================= III. Story mode walkthrough (ROCWX) ========================================================================= As mentioned earlier in the guide the story mode for Reign of Chaos has 4 campaigns, one for each race. The very first campaign you will play is the prologue, which has a couple missions and is designed as a tutorial with some brief storyline. There are two difficulty settings for the campaign, normal and hard. I will play the majority of the campaign on hard, which may cover more impending attacks than may occur on normal, but the technique is essentially the same. Here is the biggest tip I can give you for campaign mode: save, Save, SAVE!! Save NOW, Save GOOD, Save TWICE. You can save as much as you want and when you load, you start right where you saved at. I would even suggest creating multiple save files, about 3 or so. Save BEFORE attacking, save again in a separate file DURING attack if you want, and you can keep micro saving as much as you want. If you fail, just go back a save; if you screwed up before that, go back more saves. If you screwed up entirely, just reload before you attacked. Get into the habit of doing this, you will save yourself hundreds of headaches and episodes of rage. ================================== a. Basic elements of gameplay ================================== -If you are already familiar with the game, you may just wish to skip ahead to the regular campaign walkthrough. Both the prologue missions follow a tutorial and don't really require a walkthrough, but I use it as an opportunity to explain basic concepts in detail and suggest practice for common game techniques. Throughout the walkthrough I will use terms for several strategies that you will use during the campaign. I will detail those here. As some general directions, north means up, south means down, west means left, and east means right. Also, in the prologue campaign, I will go further into detail on things you should get into the habit of doing during the regular campaign and make some suggestions for practicing techniques such as micro, shift commands, and hot keying. During the regular campaign walkthrough I will no longer detail or specify these points, and assume you will already be doing them. Hotkey: Hotkey means assigning a group of units, structures, or both to a specific number key. This is done by selecting a group of up to 12 units/structures, then holding shift and pressing a key 0-9. You can then take control of that group again by pressing the relevant key that you assigned a hotkey to. A good idea is usually to hotkey your attack force according to melee/heroes for 1, ranged for 2, casters for 3, and siege for 4. You can also hotkey structures for ease of quickly units. Also, I will strongly suggest hotkeying your defensive grid. If there is a hero wreaking havoc with an ultimate or a steamtank, or something that is going to annihilate you, you will want to be able to quickly take control of your defense grid in order to focus fire them. Each unit, structure, and command also has a letter hotkey, identified by a yellow letter when you cursor over the order. You do not need to learn all of these, but you may naturally learn some which will help you build and issue actions faster. Micro: Micro is the term used to describe pulling your units taking damage to the back so they do not die and the enemy units will focus on another, higher health unit. This is a key strategy to use versus computer, as the computer will not usually re-attack your lower health unit. When playing against players, however, better players will know to focus fire. Its still a key strategy in any game, but more foolproof in single player. Its best to micro units that are either real low, or taking a lot of damage and about to be real low. Attack area: This is a command you will frequently use to fight your way into a base. To use this, select any of your forces you are attacking with, click to attack (or hit a), and then click the area you wish to attack to. This can be done on screen or on the radar if you prefer. Your forces will then move toward the area you clicked, attacking any enemies along the way. Focus fire: Focus fire means concentrating all your attacks on a specific unit. When you are fighting heroes that are channeling high damage spells or defending against attack groups with siege units, this is basically what you need to do. The faster you can drop a unit, the sooner that their damage is negated. It's a good idea to do this with defense towers as well. Shift commands: A shift command means you hold shift before you give a unit an order, and they will complete that order after they finish their current task. For example, you can tell a worker to build a structure like normal, then after that hold shift and right click on your gold mine. The worker will then head back to the mine after the structure is completed. There is no limit to how many shift commands you can issue to a unit. If you want to max your food limit quickly, you can dedicate one worker to building food provision structures. All you need to do is hold shift down before clicking the structure on the workers build menu, and after the command is issued you will still have the outline of the structure, and can issue where you want the next one to be built. Shift commands are also very useful for focus fire, and can be used by defense structures as well. When you get attacked or are attacking, you can hold shift down and right click enemy units or buildings in the order you want them to be destroyed. The units or structures will then proceed to carry out the shift commands in the order you issued them. If it is still confusing, practice it a little. Take control of any unit and just use the shift command to move them around. Hold shift and right click to the right, then left, then bottom, then to the top of your screen. You can see little flags indicating where they have been ordered to move to. This can be used for any regular action you perform, so use it frequently! It makes attacking, building, harvesting, etc all so much easier. Worker harassment: Worker harassment refers to frequently going into an enemies base and destroying their workers, hindering their ability to gain resources. This really is more of a multi-player strategy, but I may still indicate a situation where this would be a good idea. There is also tech- tree harassment, which refers to focusing fire on base structures (i.e. structures that are required to be built in order to build more advanced structures or units) so they need to rebuild the tech tree to repurchase their units or structures, buying time. I won't suggest using this at all in single player, but just thought I would mention what it is. Training/kiting: Training refers to dragging creeps from the area into an enemy base with a unit you intend on letting die, and then letting the creeps attack the base. This would really only be useful for more powerful creeps, and I probably won't suggest this tactic. Kiting means dragging enemy units toward your base or your attack force, and is a very useful tactic in reducing an enemy forces numbers before you head into their base and face their towers and emergency defense. Creeping: Creeping means using your hero(s) and any necessary units to go around the map killing creeps (creatures of the environment) for experience, items and gold. This is a key practice in any game and one reason why you should have a solid defense at your base. ========================================================================= IV. Prologue Campaign: Exodus of the horde (ROCWPX) ========================================================================= Upon starting the prologue campaign, you will watch a couple cinematics and then start the first mission in the prologue, chasing visions. I will also include a few of my own personal tutorial suggestions :) ========================================= a. Chapter one: Chasing Visions (ROCWP1) ========================================= Main quests: +Follow the prophet -Follow the narrator's directions -Find the prophet As you start the mission, you are placed into a tutorial. Head to the first banner, then continue following the path down and collecting the banners as you go. At the end of the path to the right you will see a couple watch towers; continue through them to reach the final banner and gain control of 3 grunts. Hotkey your group to 1 (select the group, hold shift, and press the number 1). Use this to take control of your group from here on out. Continue up the path to the right, and kill the gnoll in your way. Continue down the path, and the tutorial will indicate a gnoll camp ahead and instruct you to attack your way in by clicking attack (or hitting a) and clicking inside the camp. Go ahead and do that. This is a good place to practice your micro as well. Once you notice a unit getting attacked, click that unit and move them back away from the gnolls. You only need to move him back a little bit; just out of attack range, and that's all you need to do. The unit will then automatically move back into the fight and start attacking again. You will want to make sure you master this as to even out damage taken. After this group is dead thrall will have gained a level. All you can learn is chain lightning at this point, so go ahead and do that. Continue down the path to the right to see a group of murlocs. Use thralls newly acquired chain lightning on them. Practice micro a bit more here, and after the murlocs are down pick up a mana potion. There are a couple buildings here, so real briefly practice shift commands. Order your group to attack one hut, then hold shift and order them in the same way to attack the second hut. This will give you an idea of how shift commands work. Continue moving up the path toward the right and up, and kill the murlocs at the end here. Continue right to capture another banner. Follow the winding S down and when you are at the bottom, before heading right take a sharp left off the path and then move down a bit to pick up a potion of healing. Also if you see critters (non-aggressive creeps with 15 hp) you can click on them multiple times to make them explode. It doesnt do any damage to anything, just funny to watch. Anyway head back onto the path and continue to the right. You will come across an ogre who is sleeping (as creeps do at night), and thrall will crack at having a fierce battle if it werent sleeping. But by all means, go right ahead...have a "fierce" battle. Your capped at level 2 and he likely won't drop loot, but kill him anyway if you want. Continue to the right and up, and you will see another path to the right. Take it and kill the golem. You can head left and kill a couple more if you want, and then down to kill yet another. The one on the bottom drops a ring of protection, which increases armor by 1. Head back onto the main road and continue north. As you head up the path where the trees end on your right, head right. Head up the small ramp and kill the trolls here to get a manual of health, which increases your hit points by 50. Before heading to the last banner, if you want, use your far sight in the upper right corner of the map right along the top, about the width of the white window (on your radar) worth of distance away from the right side. Check around a couple times and you will see a chest up there with the "phat lewt" and a couple pirates. You can't get it, its just funny to see :)Anyway just head back onto the main path and head to the last banner to complete the level. ========================================= b. Chapter Two: Departures (ROCWP2) ========================================= Main quests: +Establish a base -Build a burrow -Build a war mill -Build a barracks -Train 5 grunts +Rescue Grom -Find Grom Once you take control, start by having your peon harvest gold from the gold mine. When you get 3 additional ones, send them onto the gold mine as well. Train 4 additional peons from the great hall, and set the rally point for the great hall to the mine (Newly trained peons will head to the rally point, and as it is the gold mine, newly trained peons will automatically harvest gold. This also works for trees so peons can harvest lumber. Always have one of those set as a rally point so peons are never sitting around.) Once you have the resources, start assembling your structures. Start with the war mill, then the barracks, and finally the burrow. Build your barracks wherever, but build your war mill near the forest to the north or east. Make sure to shift command your peons to go back to harvesting after they are done building. Once the war mill is up get 3 peons on lumber. As you get resources hit the upgrades from the war mill. Once those are in que take a peon off gold to build the burrow (this is not a big deal right now, but in regular campaign you will want to keep 5 on the mine as much as possible). Lumber is a better resource to take workers off of, but since you didnt start harvesting lumber right away you will have more than enough gold. Anyway you can also start training grunts whenever you please. When you have the resources send a peon off lumber to build a second burrow and shift command him to return to lumber when he is done. You may as well load up the training que with grunts, since you can't get anything else. You could build watch towers or an altar of storms, but you are not going to get attacked more than once, and I sure hope you don't let thrall die... Anyway make sure your grunts and thrall are hotkeyed before the cut-scene coming up. On your fifth grunt, the next mission objective becomes available. Quickly select and send your group down to where the watch towers are being attacked, down the path and to the bridge. You can easily send them down there by clicking attack and then clicking on the radar where it is flashing red. This will send them to the area and automatically engage them with the alliance. Continue producing grunts, and have them rally to thrall (select the barracks, then right click thrall. It will place the rally flag on him). This will send and grunts coming out of the barracks to follow thrall. If you want, hotkey the barracks 2 or 3. This will make it easy to regularly refresh the que of grunts being trained. Then, if you have the resources, take a peon off lumber duty and shift+command him to build at least 3 more burrows and return to lumber duty afterward. After all this is done, you can now simply continue attacking, while grunts regularly come to reinforce you. All you need to do is occasionally hit the barracks hotkey to refresh the grunt que. This is a good practice to get into during the campaign..keep producing units. Just be sure to regularly apply new units to your hotkey group. Anyway, across the bridge head down and then left. Continue left till you get to the gate. Here you will see two towers and a gate. Destroy the towers and right-click the gate to take it down. Continue northwest(upper left) and right click the cage to free a grunt. At this point you may have more than 11 grunts, meaning your first attack group is full. What I will usually do in this instance is create a new attack group with any extra grunts (hotkey it 2), and keep thrall in that group as well. In that way, whichever group is currently selected, you will still be able to use thralls abilities. This is very important when using heroes with healing abilities, but a good idea in general so you can use your damaging and support abilities. Also once you obtain more than one attack group, you may wish to change your rally point off thrall to some point shortly behind. You can regularly advance this as your attack group does. Just hit the hotkey for your barracks and right click the new rally point. Another tip when it comes to hotkeying; you can hold shift to add or deselect a unit from an attack group. So rather than trying to grab your entire attack group in a window, simply hit the hotkey for the attack group you wish to modify and hold shift and click any grunts you want to add or remove from the group. You can also hold the shift key to add a target area of grunts to an attack group, rather than clicking them specifically. Finally, you can select all of a certain type of a unit in a group by holding down the control button and clicking one of that type of unit. You can also add all of a certain type of unit that are nearby by holding control, shift, and then clicking the unit when you have an attack group selected. For example, you have only thrall and a shaman in a group and you want to add 7 grunts. Just holt control and shift, and then click any grunt. All nearby grunts will be added to the group. Anyway that's all I have on hotkeying for now. Back to the game, continue down and kill a footman. You will find a shaman here. Add him to group two via the shift add. Remember than when you add new units to a hotkey group, you will need to resave the entire group to the hotkey. In this case it is shift+2. Continue moving your group to the left to kill another footman, and then up to kill 2 rifleman. Head to the left to destroy 3 more cages and obtain 3 more grunts. Add them to hotkey group 2 again, or if you need to create a third hotkey group, go ahead and do that. Continue north to a gate and kill the two knights in front. Practice your micro here some more..pull back any units that's being noticeably attacked. Pull them back just far enough that they stop getting attacked, and will return to combat on their own. Once this is done attack the gate and on the other side will be 3 watch towers. Practice your shift commands, focus fire and micro here. Assign all your groups to attack the right tower, then the middle, then finally the right tower. Pull any units taking heavy damage out to the right away from the tower, and bring them back in if they do not return automatically. Once the 3 watch towers are destroyed, the mission is over and the prologue campaign is completed. ========================================================================= V. Human Campaign: The Scourge of Lordaeron (ROCWHX) ========================================================================= After selecting the campaign, there will be a brief video after which you will head into the first mission. Watch another brief cutscene, and after you will take control of a small group of humans for the first mission. =================================================== a. Chapter One: The Defense of Strahnbrad (ROCWH1) =================================================== Main quests +Defend Strahnbrad -Travel to Strahnbrad -Arthas must survive Optional quests +Save Timmy -Slay the Gnoll kidnappers +Bandit Lord -Slay Menag, the Bandit Lord -Return Ledger to Gerard At the start of the mission, head south and when the path turns right, continue moving south. Head all the way down to the end to receive the first optional quest. You must save poor little timmy who fell down a well..or was kidnapped, something like that. Head down the path to the right to the end and kill the three gnolls here. Use Arthas holy light if your footmen get low, but only use it when they are lower than half health. Otherwise you will wind up overhealing, which is a waste of mana. After the gnolls are dead, pick up the potion of healing and then destroy the cage. You will then get a ring of protection for completing the quest. Head back down the path to the left to where you took the quest, and then head up a bit and turn left just past the barn to find some villagers with an exclamation above their heads. Head up to them and they will convert into footman that you can add to your group. Roll all the way back to the main path and head right. Continue along till you see a couple villagers and some bandits. You will now receive the second optional quest. Engage the bandits and chase them back down to their camp. Kill them all, and watch the health of your footman as they will get dropped quickly if you are not careful. Use holy light mainly but micro if you need to. At this point Arthas should level; if he hasnt yet he will be close. Once he does pick up devotion aura with the attribute point, and head back to the main path. After returning the ledger, you receive a tome of strength, permanently increasing your strength by 1. Head r1ight across the bridge and on the other side you will come across a couple grunts. Kill them, heal up, and then head into the village. A couple orcs will come by, and the raider will stop and attack. Focus fire him, them attack the grunt up to the right. Head back south of the fountain and take the lower path to the left. There will be a few footmen here fighting a couple grunts. Kill the grunts to take control of the footmen. Head back out and now head north of the fountain. After heading between the two houses there will be a couple grunts up here, take them out. There are some crates in the upper left in this area, break them open for a potion of mana. Head back south and now take the middle path to the left for a cut- scene. After the cut-scene, head forward to engage the grunts and slave master. Focus fire each of the grunts, and then kill the slave master after to complete the mission. ============================================ b. Chapter Two: Blackrock and Roll (ROCWH2) ============================================ Main quests +Establish a base -Construct a barracks -Construct 2 farms -Train 6 footmen +Blademaster -Defeat the blademaster Optional quests +Searinox -Slay Searinox, the black dragon -Bring the heart of searinox to Feranor Steeltoe Start by assigning your peasants to the gold mine, and train 5 additional peasants as your resources allow. Rally peasants to the gold mine as well. After two are trained, change the rally point to lumber. At this point, upgrade your two scout towers at each entrance of the base to watch towers. Use Arthas to assist Uther with any attacks. The first attack will happen fairly quickly. Once the towers are upgraded, train a couple more peons, keep them rallied at lumber, and pull one off lumber to start assembling one additional scout tower near each of the watch towers at each entrance. Upgrade these to watch towers as well. Hotkey each group separately if you wish to assist in focus firing enemy attackers. This may not seem like much, but trust me, it helps a lot. Attack the raiders first and foremost, headhunters next, then the grunts. Now your defense should be sufficient. Pull a peasant off of lumber to repair towers as needed, and then have one build a barracks. Pull another off lumber to build 2 farms. Once your barracks is complete, start training footmen. I would rally them near the town hall for now. I generally prefer to keep newly trained units away from combat since defense structures and heroes can usually take care of that without incident, and letting new units gets attacked weakens them for defense, or if they die wastes resources. Once you train the footmen you need, the first quest is complete. Once Arthas levels, give him the next rank of holy light. After the cut- scene, assign a peasant to build a few more farms. Maintain at least 3 peasants on lumber and keep 6 on gold: if you need a couple more go and train them. You probably want 10 or 11 total. It may be best just to keep one dedicated to tower repair; move him to the side thats getting attacked and keep his auto repair on. Be careful when repairing during combat, as if he gets attacked hes probably dead. Just be quick to move arthas over to the side to take damage and you won't need to repair during combat. Continue cranking footman, but once you have 6, take them with arthas out the right entrance and then head right. You will meet some riflemen and a mortar team out here. Add them to your group and head up the dirt path to the right for the optional quest. First and foremost, start training some riflemen from your barracks, which you can now do. Once you have 6 total riflemen (including those you are attacking with), alternate between training footmen and riflemen to maintain equal numbers. Anyway you can bring additional riflemen with you to kill searinox if you want, but it is not necessary. Head in and use your holy light to heal units low on health. Your footmen can't do much here, but that doesnt really matter. Follow the path right, then down, killing the lesser dragons along the way. At the bottom head left to the end and kill searinox. Just heal your riflemen and it shouldn't be a problem. After you are done head back to Feranor to receive an orb of fire, which will add 5 bonus damage and allow Arthas to do splash damage. After this is done balance your main attack group with footmen and riflemen (6 footmen, 5 riflemen and arthas works fine), and head out the left exit of your base. Continue up until you reach water with some murlocs. Kill all the murlocs in the water to the left here to receive a claws of attack +3. There are also some gnolls just outside the base to the left that give a potion of mana. Once you have two full groups of units (mix isnt crucial at this point) of riflemen and footmen, make sure arthas is hotkeyed to each group and attack each group to the north center of the map. Once there, cycle both attack groups and heal as needed. Heal footmen as low as possible at this point, since holy light heals for 400, not much less than the footmens. Remember avoiding overhealing when possible will greatly help your mana efficiency. Wipe out the orc base here. This is not necessary but provides peace of mind and good practice for micro and healing multiple groups of units. Once this is done head back out and send your groups near the upper right, but don't move in just yet. Attacking the blademaster will get you good practice on several fronts. Chances are you may need to micro multiple units at once here. Between this and healing you probably won't focus too much on microing them back just a little, instead just click them back as far as you please. After a couple seconds, order the group to re-attack up to the blademaster. Anyway with that in mind, start by sending just one or two footmen in to attack the blademaster. The idea here is to try to get the blademaster to pop bladestorm. Once he does quickly run out. If he doesnt pop it after a few seconds just mass attack. However if he ever DOES pop it, run everyone out. After that is just focus on healing and micro, and once he uses mirror image focus on your unit taking damage. Visually look to see which unit taking damage damage is cooresponding with the blademasters attack, and order all units to focus that target. Just repeat this process and after he drops, the mission is over. ================================================== c. Chapter three: Ravages of the Plague (ROCWH3) ================================================== Main Quests +Investigate Villages -Explore the countryside -Arthas must survive -Jaina must survive +Destroy Grain Warehouse Optional Quests +Fountain of health -Find the fountain of health First, head back down the path you allegedly came in on, to the right, and head down at the end. Kill the two ogres here to receive a potion of healing. Use Jainas water elemental spell as often as you can (just hit tab while the group is selected to change focus to the next unit down, which in this case is Jaina. There is another ogre to the right on the way out, kill him as well. Now head back to where you started. Head up the path to grab the first quest. Afterward, head left till you get to the destroyed bridge. After hearing about the bridge head right and follow the path over until you get to some bandits. Take them out and a villager will give you a potion of greater healing. Continue north down the small ramp here and head near the villager with the exclamation mark to receive the optional quest. Jaina should be leveled by now, so learn her blizzard. Continue left, down the ramp into the water and defeat the murlocs here. Continue forward, kill a couple more murlocs and destroy the hut in the top right here to get a maul of strength. Give it to Arthas. Continue following the path through the water to the left, stopping before the turn south to kill some bandits over to your left. Destroy the hut on the right after they are killed to receive a scroll of protection. Head back out and continue south along the path and take the ramp up on your left at the end. You will see some footmen fighting undead archers, so assist them in their attack. After the fight, you take control of the 3 footmen and your footmen learn the defend ability. Arthas should also be leveled by now, so learn his next rank of devotion aura. Continue heading left down the path until you come to a potion of mana. Grab it and fight off the undead here. Summon jainas elemental and use her blizzard spell. Jaina should have leveled by about now, so get her next rank of blizzard. Continue up the path and left to reach the fountain of health and complete the optional objective. Backtrack past where you fought the undead and take the path south out of here for a cut-scene. Destroy the infected grainery and the skeleton warrior and then continue south. Destroy the undead here (jainas blizzard is very helpful here once again). Once they are defeated head down the path in the lower right of this area and follow the curve left to meet up with a couple priests and complete this quest. Continue heading left and take out the undead archers here. Head south afterward to take control of a mortar team. Remember mortar teams are biological, so they can be healed. Head around down to the path on your left and down the ramp. Pick up the mantle of intelligence on your left for Jaina. She should have leveled once again, so pick up the first rank of brilliance aura. This is very helpful for Arthas healing. Back onto the main road, head north past the fountain for a cut-scene. Kill the abomination after, then roll forward, take out the ghouls, and destroy the grain warehouse to complete the mission. ================================================== d. Chapter four: The Cult of the Damned (ROCWH4) ================================================== Main quests +Investigate Angorhal -Explore Andorhal +Confront Kel'thuzad -Find Kel'thuzad After you take control, start training about 7 additional peasants. Keep 5 on gold and 4-5 on lumber. Grab one as soon as possible and start building farms. You can shift command to build more than one if you do not have resources, but the structure will appear with a red outline instead and when the peasant comes to the point when he will start building, your resources will be depleted then or he will state there are insufficient resources. Either way, keep one building farms for a bit then grab another peasant and construct a lumber mill down at the bottom of your base, in that little grove in the forest to the left of the right entrance. You will get attacked soon, but your current units are more than enough to handle it. Focus fire necromancers when they are present as they will be summoning skeleton warriors. Use Jainas water elemental and cast blizzard to drop any skeleton warriors and ghouls quickly. Have one peasant continuing to crank farms till you have 4 or 5, and once the lumber mill is built, get the improved masonry upgrade and also be sure to move the peasant harvesting lumber from the forest on the left down to harvest by the lumber mill. Once you have the resources, upgrade the town hall to a keep. After this is done you can now build a few defensive towers. You will only get attacked from the north path here, so defense is pretty simple. Set up a list of shift commands for a peasant to build 10 scout towers; build them going north to south, 2 rows of five. Line them up just above where the forest on the left ends, center between the north and south treeline, and you should be in good position to cover any attacks coming from the path to the west. Keep your current units in front of the towers for now, until the defense is up. Upgrade your scout towers to watch towers as they are constructed. You will probably get attacked again before you have more than 1 or 2 towers up, so you will need to defend with all your units once again. I would deselect the mortar team from the group and keep him behind the towers. Have him hold position back here. Once you have all the towers building, get the improved lumber harvesting upgrade from the lumber mill, and get a blacksmith building. When you have the resources, shift command your peasant to construct an arcane sanctum, then a workshop. At the same time, have another peasant go back to cranking out farms until you get to at least 70 food. Once your blacksmith is built, start grabbing all the upgrades from there. Once all 10 of your towers are constructed, just keep arthas and jaina in front; hold everyone else in back. The reason for this is first, because it is real easy to let units die while defending and you don t want to waste resources. Second, it makes using jainas blizzard a lot easier as you won't be attacking your own units. Your heroes are the best to have getting attacked as they can take a reasonable beating, and be sure to use jainas water elemental spell as well. Otherwise the towers should be more than sufficient to provide support for your heroes in killing off defenders while you upgrade and build your army. I would suggest keeping one peasant up here with auto-repair for the towers. If you want you can have him harvest lumber between attacks, just be sure to pull him back over when you get attacked again. Once your arcane sanctum is build, get the priest adept training. Start grabbing all the upgrades you can; get defend for your footmen, and long rifles for your riflemen, as well as all the blacksmith upgrades. Once these are all in que, you can start training your units. Train up about equal numbers of footmen and riflemen, about 7 of each should be good, and then get 3-4 priests and 3 mortar teams (that's total, so if you still have some units that you started with just subtract those from the total). However if you ended up losing a bunch of your units somehow, I would suggest you keep your unit supply to 40 or less for awhile, at least until you get the low gold mine worning. The mine will probably run out and if you go into low upkeep soon, you may need to grab that gold mine to the east to finish out your group. If you have not lost any units you should have no problem with resource availability. Also its a good idea to routinely check and make sure you still have 6 peasants on the gold mine and check your idle peasants. Its pretty common to just pull one off resource gathering to build structures and forget to reassign him. Your next attack may be a group of several necromancers. Use jainas blizzard spell here. Keep jaina and thrall back near the defensive towers so they give you some support, but as long as they are attacking arthas you shouldn't have much problem with repair. Just continue training as resources allow, and using jaina and arthas to defend. They should level up real soon, so get arthas final level of holy light, and jainas final level or blizzard. If you did not give a peasant several shift order for farms check your food supply, and if you are creeping up on it have a peasant finish building the farms you need (70 food supply).Once your army is assembled you should be hovering around 65 food, and if it hasnt already your gold mine will be collapsing soon. Just in case of fire or flood, make sure you DO NOT fall below 450 gold. This is what it costs to build a new town hall in order to harvest the other gold mine, but you should not need to do that. Once your army is assembled set up your attack groups. Group 1 should have arthas, jaina and all footmen. Group 2 should have arthas and all riflemen and priests. Group 3 should have your mortar teams. You want to send in group 1 first, then group 2, and keep group 3 near the back. Anyway before heading out SAVE YOUR GAME. I cannot stress the importance of this enough. If you want you can also add a fourth group of just arthas and jaina which I will do from time to time for an easy focus fire or moving them, but its up to you. Anyway, heres a good tip for anytime you are planning to attack an enemy base. COUNTERATTACK! Attack them right after you get attacked; in this manner they have just sent several units to your defensive towers and you can wipe them out with homefield advantage. This makes for less units when you head out to attack them. Anyway when you are ready just head out of your base to the west and then head north between the tree line. Bear left to the undead base. Send in group 1 and group 2 shortly after, and after they have engaged bring group 3 near after. Cycle groups 1 and 2 to heal as needed, and after killing any units that come to defend, order your mortar teams to attack the first spirit tower here at max range. At this time pull your units back to just in front of the mortar teams to defend them. After the first spirit tower is destroyed, focus your mortar teams to the crypt to stop unit production there. After that is done, order your mortar teams to destroy the left spirit tower, followed by the right, and then order them to destroy the temple of the damned. Keep your units out of range of the spirit towers, but bring them up into range to kill any necromancers or other units that come out to attack. Once done there focus the halls of the dead with mortar teams..in the same manner as before. Destroy any spirit towers around from range after that, and destroy the other crypt in back of the base. Once that crypt is dead, finish off any other acolytes and finish off the 3 spirit towers in the back of the base and the rest of the base here. Now with the base gone move groups 1 and 2 out of the former base to the northeast into the town for a cut-scene. Attack your way through the town and head down the lower right path to find a cage. Bust it open to find poor little Timmy again as a ghoul. Put him out of his misery and he will drop a ring of superiority; give that to Arthas. Continue north of here, through the gate at the top of the town, and head left out of the gate, across the water to a goblin merchant. You can sell off any extra items your heroes don't need here, or purchase items as well. Continue with the 2 groups down the path to the right to come across about 6 abominations. Have your ranged group focus fire them, and use jainas blizzard spell to catch them without harming your own footmen of course. After this is done attack forward and take our the slaughterhouse, and then attack kel'thuzad to complete the mission. ================================================ e. Chapter five: March of the scourage (ROCWH5) ================================================ Main quests +Defend Hearthglen -Survive for 30 minutes Optional quests +Grain Caravan -Destroy the grain caravan before it gets to the last village Right off the bat form your attack group and pick up the mantle of intelligence that jaina left behind here. Start training peasants, youll need about 9 more. After two are trained to fill up the gold mine, send 3 to lumber, then send the next one out to the bottom left entrance to your base and after that the next one to the top left entrance. Send the remaining 2 that get trained to lumber as well. You want 5 on the gold mine and 6 on lumber at all times. If your lumber ever becomes an issue, just build a new lumber mill further in the forest. This is probably a good idea to do about 8 or 9 minutes in actually. Anyway, keep your attack group between these two entrances at all times. Now, get your improved masonry and improved lumber harvesting upgrades done from the lumber mill,and have each peasant you most recently trained go to the top and bottom left and start building scout towers. You want 10 at each entrance; try to keep in only 2 rows. Its not great terrain but it doesn t have to be perfect. Your north entrance will pose a bigger problem, as its real easy to block off and make getting a group through to take out meat wagons difficult. Keep towers off to the side as much as you can; if you need to make 3 rows. NOTE: From time to time the CPU seems to throw you a screwball and attack from the northeast entrance also. It doesnt happen often but it does sometimes. If this happens move your peasants harvesting lumber up into the forest out of the way, bring your arrack group over there and just kite them to your defense toward for the upper left. Let them destroy those watch towers over there, and slowly drag them over to your northwest defense towers. This should take care of it. You should be getting attacked at one of the entrances real soon, so send your group there quickly to defend. You will likely need to use micro for this mission, as arthas cannot heal fast enough in many cases. Also, I will suggest just pulling your peasant out when you get attacked, as he will real easily be killed. Bring him back to repair afterward. Once a bunch of scout towers have been shift-commanded to be build, start upgrading them to watch towers. Its pretty obvious, but balance your defense between these two entrances. Continue to commit all resources to defense towers for these two entrances until you have 10 watch towers built. Very soon the meat wagons will start showing up. Obviously focus fire these down hard. Keep your eye on that radar and keep your attack group between the two locations always. Getting attacked by a meat wagon group often does a hell of a lot of damage, so if you need more help down here, grab a third peasant off lumber to assemble one or two towers and then shift command him back to lumber while your other peasant repairs. Arthas should be leveled by now, so learn his resurrection spell. Once you are about done with these 10 towers get a workshop building. Build 2 more scout towers on each side behind your current defense grid. These you will upgrade to cannon towers. By now your resources should be accumulating fairly and you will soon get the objective to stop the plague caravan. Get your blacksmith upgrades rolling, and refresh your attack group so you have 4 footmen and 7 riflemen. If the priest is still around you can sub him in if you want, otherwise just set him aside. He can be used to heal units after an attack. For what you are going to attack piercing range is the way to go. Make sure you have 10 watch towers and 2 cannon towers at each entrance at all times.Now the game can get a little more annoying, so save frequently. The attackers may send a lich to cast death and decay, which will eat your defense alive. Anytime there is a lich, send EVERYTHING you have out to kill it, and use arthas holy light on him. I would recommend saving every couple minutes; if you do get attacked and your defense gets wrecked, reload and send your units to that side for when you get attacked so you can drop the lich/meat wagons quick. Use arthas holy light on the lich to get him down, then focus the meat wagons. Taking down these groups with minimal casualties can be a bit of a challenge, so heres the best thing to do. Keep your attack group right in front of your watch towers (on the attackers side) until the group with the lich comes in, and wait for the lich to start channeling death and decay. At this time, FOCUS ALL ON HIM. The reason you want him to start using death and decay is so he doesnt use frost nova on your units. Use holy light twice and he should drop. If you drop him quick your towers should still have about half health. After hes dead send your whole group back to the towers, and then relay back out to the meat wagons. The purpose of this is to try to make sure the undead units are in range of all the towers, which they may not be since they were out near the lich. Near the end of combat use arthas resurrection spell to get as many deads as you can. Anyway when you start accumulating more resources, build an arcane sanctum. Also, start building more farms. Get the adept training for the sorceress and priest going, then get about 3 each of them. If you do not have all casters in que I would suggest waiting till you have about 1000 gold before crossing the 40 food mark and going into low upkeep, so you do not run out of gold. Once you have a total of 4 footmen, 7 riflemen, 3 priests and 3 sorceresses, wait for an attack from purple on the top left path, and afterward save and send your groups out here. I would hotkey group 1 your fighters, and group 2 your casters. You must be quick about this. Follow the path as it curves right, then continue up to the left. Watch out for the undead base to the right here, and a bit further up to the left. Be quick about running through here so you do not run into an attack group. If you do just reload your game and wait till they attack before heading up here again. Anyway after passing this base there is a fork in the road ahead, head left. Continue over a little and then take the path south. Follow this path as it curves left and stop before the water. Save again if you want, and make sure your hero has 2 empty slots in inventory. Head across the water, and if you have about 8 minutes left the caravan will be right on the other side. Focus fire the abominations down first, then necromancers. Use resurrection either after 6 of your units die, or after combat. Finish off the caravan and after it is down, quickly pick up the medallion of courage and scroll of town portal and port back to your base. If you are getting attacked, clean out the attackers and rebuild/repair defense if necessary. When I did this purple attacked right before I started attacking and took out all but 5 towers on the top right here, those damn meat wagons... But you should have a good sum of resources, so pull some peasants off resources to rebuild your towers quickly, and have whats left of your attack force ready to defend if necessary. If you were not happy with how the caravan attack went, you can reload and try again. If your defense got destroyed, you can reload before you went after the caravan. Anyway after your to this point, train more peasants if you need to in order to replace ones you pulled from resources, and assign one peasant to build no more than 3 scout towers to rebuild your defense quickly (i.e. if you need to rebuild 9 towers, have 3 peasants taking care of that). Set auto- repair on them for them to repair after the new towers are assembled, and start upgrading right as they complete. Just make sure you have arthas and a group of 11 or so combatants to take care of liches and meat wagons, and otherwise spend all your resources just spilling towers onto each of those entrances. Add more cannon towers if you want. Just make sure you don't block the entrance, but if you do you can head out the opposite entrance and circle around back to take out meat wagons. The lich however would not be a good situation. At about 2 minutes your gold mine will collapse if you've been consistently harvesting gold. Save at a 1:30 left, and get ready for the final attack. They will attack from both locations shortly after 1:30, and possibly from the third one in the top right. Don't worry about the top right, it probably won't be much. Take your attack group and kill the lich on whichever side he is on, spam arthas holy light, and immediately after use resurrection and retreat all your forces and peasants back to the town hall. If there are 2 liches just kill one; ignore the second one. Wait back at the town hall and just let them clear your base. Heal your units up as much as you can, and just wait there in case they do make it up to your town hall. If they do, use your units to fight off the attackers and order all peons to just repair the town hall. If you run out of resources use call to arms. Defend at the town hall until the timer runs out and you will win. ====================================== f. Chapter six: The Culling (ROCWH6) ====================================== Main quests +The Culling -Destroy plagued villager houses -Kill 100 zombies -Stop Mal Ganis from claiming 100 zombies. This mission can be a bit annoying. It s a race between you and malganis..you must kill 100 zombies before he can claim 100 zombies. Strat by training a few more peasants. Assign one more to gold, and a couple more to lumber. Build about 5 watch towers near the town hall to take care of any minor attacks from purple to your base, and upgrade them to watch towers. Build the rest of your base in the top right area. While that is being done, build a blacksmith and upgrade your town hall. Get the improved masonry upgrade from the lumber mill, and after you have a keep get the improved lumber gathering from there as well. After all that's done take Arthas with the 2 footmen and 2 knights you started with south and into the town. Start dropping houses and killing villagers. Kill them as quick as you can in order to stop them from turning into undead and causing you a fight. A cut- scene will occur shortly which will indicate that malganis will now start claiming villagers. You will probably cross malganis down here, and for now he only has a few ghouls with him so go ahead and kill him. Focus all fire on him and use arthas holy light to drop him quick, giving you some extra time to purge villagers. Make sure real briefly that your scout towers are all upgraded, and start attacking the next house here. While that is happening get the damage and armor upgrades for the knights from the blacksmith, get the lumber harvesting upgrade if you haven't just yet, and the next rank of masonry. Once you have the resources, upgrade your keep to a castle. While you are working on your base you can just order arthas and the group to attack a house and let them auto attack the villagers when they turn undead; they are fairly weak. But once your base is all set up, you can focus all your time into killing villagers. You can indicate when a house has been destroyed when the screen shakes a bit, so keep an eye out for that. Once the castle is assembling have a peasant start building additional farms, and shift command him down to your watch towers after and turn on auto repair. Hotkey your barracks, and that should lay your base out for now. Destroy a couple more houses and villagers, then get your second ranks of melee weapons and armor going. Stay away from malganis for now, just cause you really don't need to kill him.Once your castle is complete get the final rank of lumber harvesting, your animal war training for knights, then start training knights and set the rally point to arthas. Once arthas levels get your last rank of devotion aura. If malganis comes to attack you before you have a good amount of knights, just run back to your base and start killing houses somewhere else on the map. He will waste a little time chasing you so its just a good way to buy time while you build up a force. Anyway if he chased you from the bottom, head to the top left. If he chased you from the top left, head to bottom right, etc. Anyway keep your barracks que full with knights, and get the final upgrades from the blacksmith for knights. Also get the final rank of masonry if you want. Now with all upgrades completed all you need to do at your base is keep knights training, repair your defense as needed (which isnt too often), and build farms as needed. Otherwise focus on destroying houses. Train a few more peasants if you can't produce knights steadily. If purple throws a meat wagon at you, just grab the nearest knight that is on its way to arthas to run back to base and finish it off,or wait for one to come from the barracks. Sometimes purple will default attack your knight instead of towers if you are at your base, if this happens just run around until your watch towers kill them and then go after the wagon after. Your knight can outrun them. If you find yourself with a lot of resources which you probably will, just build another barracks and train knights from there as well. Do not worry if you fall a bit behind, you will have no problem catching up once you get an army of knights. If you get a second barracks just hotkey both at the same key, and any knights you order will be evenly distributed between the barracks. Be sure to regularly update your attack group. Just keep rolling down houses and alternating back to your base if need be. If you do need to do stuff at your base make sure your group is attacking a house before you do so. Once you get a full group of 11 knights and arthas, you can pretty safely attack malganis, but do not worry about that unless you run into him. At this point you have enough firepower that the best thing to do is to just shift command to attack a bunch of houses at once, 4 or 5 works. The undead are so weak your knights can drop all the houses in about a minute and then just double back and kill the 15-20 villagers. This makes the purging go much quicker. If you run into malganis, just focus fire him down and keep arthas holy light on healing. His undead don't do too much damage to your knights. If any knights die, resurrect them. A group of 11 knights is plenty to finish the mission with. At this point just focus on downing houses and villagers. Watch out if you are in the lower left cause malganis resurrects down here, so if you kill him near here move over to the right side of the map. Just zerg attack a bunch of houses and clear the villagers a few times, stay away from malganis as much as possible, and that will do it for this mission. ==================================================== g. Chapter seven: The Shores of Northrend (ROCWH7) ==================================================== Main quests +Establish base camp -Locate a gold mine -Arthas must survive +Mal'Ganis -Destroy Mal'ganis base Optional quests +Rescue Muradin's men -Rescue the Dwarven base The first portion of this mission must be done without a base. Start by hotkeying your current units, and head out the bottom left path first. Kill the wolves that are here, then backtrack to the landing and head out the top path to the right. Take the first left and attack the wolves here. Focus down the large purple one first. A scroll of the beast will drop, so grab that. You should have an open slot from the town hall portal you used near the end of the previous mission. Continue south a bit and head right once more to kill a couple more wolves. Continue up the path, head past the path down your right to reach a camp with some ice trolls. This is a good place to use your scroll of the beast. Focus down the level 8 first, then take care of the lesser trolls after that. Grab the potion of greater healing, and you can destroy the hut in the upper left for a potion of mana. This may be more useful for you than the healing potion since usually issues with survivability fall on your standard units, which are being healed constantly by arthas. Head left here, and make sure arthas is all full on mana. You will need to do a lot of healing for this next fight, and may need to use resurrection. Save first if you wish. Head up to the left and you will come across two level 5 nerubians and a level 8. The level 8 will cast area damage that drops your footman pretty fast, so be quick with micro. It may be advisable to send arthas in first, and all other units after. Focus fire down the level 5s first, mainly because the level 8 is too far in back to worry about circling around to grab first. Once one is down, retreat if you need to refresh, and then take down the second level 5. After that finish the level 8. If some units die cast resurrection shortly after. If a couple die you may want to just let a couple more die and save arthas mana, then you can resurrect them at full health. Make sure they are all near each other if you choose to do this though. After the level 8 is down grab the orb of frost. This orb allows you to slow enemy units, so it is a decent power up. Now head back to where you killed the trolls, and take the southeast path down south a little to kill some more trolls. Now you are done with this area. Head back north and now take the last path on your right for a cut- scene and objective completion. After the cut-scene if you have not already, spend arthas attribute point if he leveled on his last ability, the divine shield. If he hasnt leveled just yet he should be real close. Now that you have control of the base, same drill as usual here. Train about 10 additional peasants in this case; place 4 more on gold, 5 on lumber, and keep one to repair. But right near the start you should have good gold from killing all the creeps earlier, so grab one peasant to repair the watch tower and gyrocopter in the lower left, and have another build a couple farms as you are probably near your food cap already. After the peasant is done repairing have hhim start building scout towers, and after you build 2 farms send that peasant to build a lumber mill by the west forest (near where the barracks is). You will get attacked from the north and north-west of your base, and my suggestion is to actually destroy your barracks and move it lower into your base; south of the town hall just out of the way of the miners is where I placed mine. Its just simpler to have your units training away from the attack area. Anyway the way I set up my defense was like a triangle essentially, about center of where the 2 paths intersect. The farms stick out a little bit but that shouldn't pose too much of a problem. Anyway mine looked like this: @@@@ @@@# @@ @# With @ being the 10 watch towers, and # being two cannon towers. You probably don't need that many defense towers but I always like to have a nice solid defense. 8 watch towers should suffice, but I always recommend having plenty of towers so your less likely to lose them. Anyway once your lumber mill is finished, grab the masonry upgrade and upgrade all your scout towers you've build so far. You may be running low on lumber through all this but your peons should still be coming out so assign them all to lumber, and add one or two if you want. Once you have all the peasants you need upgrade to a keep. For now dedicate all resources to finishing your defense setup. You will probably have to fend off a few attacks while you are building, so keep an eye on your units. Use Muradins thunder clap in groups and use his storm hammer on the lich if it comes by. Keep everyone else healed with Arthas. Once the keep upgrades get the improved lumber harvesting from the lumber mill, and the second rank of masonry. Once you have at least half your watch towers you should be safe to pull all your units except your heroes back into the base, so go ahead and do that. Once your defense starts wrapping up, build the blacksmith so you can start cranking out your upgrades. You will want full rank of all upgrades here. I suggest building all non-unit producing structures in that passageway to the south you came up in, just to save some space in your main base. After that build the workshop, upgrade your last 2 scout towers to cannon towers after that is complete (if you are placing them in that is), and now its time to start constructing buildings. Build the altar of kings(required for castle), followed by the arcane sanctum. You do not have a lot of space for your base here but the peasants should have cleared a good chunk out of the forest on the left side by now, so you can use this area down here for your workshop and sanctum. Once the altar of kings is finished, upgrade to a castle. If your blacksmith upgrades are fully qued, upgrade your sorceress and priest adept training from the sanctum when it is done. At this time double check your lumber mill and make sure lumber harvesting and masonry upgrades are going if available. I realize there are a lot of resources required for so many upgrades, but with a solid defense there's not a huge rush. Just complete these tasks in order (Castle first, masonry/lumber harvesting second, blacksmith upgrades, then adept training) and complete the upgrades as the resources become available. If lumber continues to be an issue, build another lumber mill deeper in the forest to save travel time. Its only 170g and can help you even out resource gathering. You can build it more north if you want, just keep an eye out for attackers. Reassign all harvesters to the tree nearest the lumber mill after rebuilding. Train another few peasants if lumbers REALLY short of your gold total. If you do fall under attack there, send your heroes over to kite them to the defense towers. You will probably get attacked a couple more times; the occasional air group comes in and otherwise the lich with the meat wagons. Remember muradins storm hammer for the lich, and otherwise just focus arthas and muradins attacks on the meat wagons. If the gargoyles come in your towers will rip them apart so no worries there. Keep the towers repaired here. Once muradin levels up get his avatar ability. Once the castle is completed and the last ranks of lumber harvesting and masonry qued, refresh your blacksmith and adept training as needed. After or while these are being completed, you can start with unit upgrades. You will want long rifles for riflemen and animal war training for knights. I would not worry about gyrocopters as they are kind of a wash. They can deal a lot more damage to enemy gargoyles, but likewise gargoyle air attack is also very strong, so I would just let your riflemen take care of them. Gargoyles air to ground attack is not all that great. So for now its just routine defense and upgrades. Complete all your upgrades in the relevant order, keep your structures repaired. Once you start having spare resources have a peasant start rolling out farms up to a food cap of 90. I suggest building these all the way at the bottom on the path south of your mine. Your peasants will probably wind up cutting through the entire forest to the left of your base. After this happens, build a new lumber mill by the forest on the right. Once all your upgrades are qued, you can start training your army. Train 8 knights, 8 riflemen, 3 mortar teams, 4 sorceresses and 4 priests. This should bring you right up to near the food cap of 90. If you have a few footmen/the captain left over, just train 1 less knight/riflemen as needed if you hit the food cap, but keep full amounts of all the other units. If your gold is low, my suggestion is to hang out at 40 or less food for a bit and collect gold while you can still grab 10, instead of crossing into low upkeep and waiting longer to train your army since you will only be getting 7. You can then build a second barracks to train your army quicker. This is actually a more efficient way to train your army and ensure you are not waiting a long time between ordering units while sitting at low or high upkeep. With all upgrades done it should not take long to save a good sum of gold. For this particular mission the gold mine is plentiful, so whatever you want to do is up to you, but I would highly recommend camping at no upkeep and saving a sum of gold. In some missions the gold mine does not have a lot of gold and receiving only 7 or 4 of the 10 gold from the mine can kill your resource stability in the end. If you chose to do this method, just focus your heroes on defense and keep the towers repaired for the time being. Save up about 4500 gold and build your second barracks during this time (assuming you need to build from scratch, your army will cost 6230 gold. I do not include lumber as it is not associated with upkeep. The remainder of the gold is to be collected during low upkeep.) I know this sounds like a lot of waiting, but with 4 structures training your army you will complete your army in less than 5 minutes if you have all the resources you need by the end. You will spend considerably longer if you are waiting in high upkeep for that last 20 food worth of units at a measly 4 gold per harvest. Anyway after you have that gold saved start training. This won't take long..if you have a full crew on the gold mine and are only spending on repairs, it will take about 7-9 minutes. You should then be able to keep units consistently training at each barracks and the arcane sanctum until you have all the units you need. Just be sure to level out ques so you do not have, for example, 6 knights in a barracks que and no casters training from the sanctum. Anyway, while waiting on the gold you want to be focusing exclusively on incoming attacks. Take arthas and muradin out to meet attack groups and take out the meat wagons quickly, then retreat back to base. Once back at base use storm hammer on the lich to interrupt him and focus him down. The watch and cannon towers can take care of the rest. Once you have 4500 gold you will be able to train your attack force fast. Start by ordering 4 knights from one barracks, 5 riflemen from the other, your 3 mortar teams from the workshop, and 3 sorceresses and 3 priests from the sanctum. This will leave about 1700 additional gold to collect while in low upkeep to finish off your attack force. Be advised, you will move from low to high upkeep FAST. If you move into high upkeep before all your units are in que, cancel some structure assembly ques to back out and gather a little more gold before ordering your final units (just in case you have not noticed, the food cost for the next unit out of a structure is added to the total while that unit is being trained). You should not need a whole lot more gold and if you balanced training, you should only need about 2 max from any structure. Cap your food off (all the way, you will see why shortly) and then start hotkeying groups. Hotkey group 1 arthas, muradin, all your knights and your captain if hes still around. Group 2 should be arthas and all riflemen. Group 3 should be arthas and all casters, and group 4 mortar teams. Now we will not be doing it in this particular mission, but in other missions when in high upkeep, I will usually instruct to remove peasants from the gold mine when you are in high upkeep. Reason being because no matter the upkeep, peasants pull 10 gold out of the mine, but you will only be receiving four. So if the gold mine has 5000 gold left you will only 2000 of it before the mine collapses. By this ratio it isnt really worth wasting all that gold. This is why you want to save gold before crossing into high upkeep. The only reason it doesnt matter on this mission is because the gold mine has a ton of gold and is very unlikely to collapse. Anyway back on topic, once you are all hotkeyed wait for an attack, then send your groups out the north exit of your base in sequence. Stop once you get to the narrow passageway just before the dead ground, as the undead base is just ahead. Save here. Send group 1 in first to engage the units and take the spirit towers, then send group 2 and group 3 in after. Order your mortar teams shift commands on the spirit towers. This base is just an outpost, so clear it out quickly. Your goal here is to let no units die..you will see why. Once it is cleaned out you will meet up with muradins units and take control of them. If your food is still capped, you now have about 110 food of units (nice deal!) Assign these units into your attack groups; 1 mortar teams and 1 siege tank into group 4, 3 riflemen into group 2, and gyrocopters into group 1 or 2 (if you want the gyrocopter upgrade go ahead, but it don't really matter). Now resave and move out of the outpost down the path to the left here..groups in sequence as usual. When you get to where the path starts curving south, the base is just to the left where the blight is. Same drill here as before: send group 1 in to engage, and once all units are comfortably on your knights and heroes, send in group 2 followed by group 3, and assign group 4 to kill the spirit tower just up here. Shift command them to attack the crypt in the middle following that. Pop Muradins avatar and use his thunder clap as much as you can. Group 1 will be taking most if not all of the damage, but that's what you want. Keep your knights macrod and healed. Once the crypt is down order your siege units to take out the spirit tower near the bottom, and afterward send them to destroy the black citadel. After this the base is pretty much gone; just focus the remaining spirit towers and unit producing structures..and focus fire the acolytes as they will be trying to rebuild. Once the base is leveled the mission is over. =================================== Chapter eight: Dissension (ROCWH8) =================================== Main quests +Burn the boats -Destroy the five ships -The timer must not reach 0:00 First timed quest, but its not too bad. You do not have a base for this mission...well not really, you have an altar of kings and a few farms to limit unit production. In this mission you gain gold from creeps as usual, and you can purchase creeps from mercenary camps. But I will detail that when comes the time. Head down the path to the left, follow the curve up and take out the ghouls that are here. Muradins thunder clap makes a great ability for these smaller weaker groups. Continue left and you will spot a spirit tower guarded by a few units. Order your mortar teams to attack the spirit tower at max range, and as the units come in to attack the mortar teams send your heroes after them. Use muradins thunder clap to stun them. Remember you can heal mortar teams as they are biological so keep them healed up. Clear out the undead and continue left to come to the first mercenary camp. Just clean them out; you should have enough gold for the 3 ice trolls the 2 priests and the 3 ogre warriors. Now that you have an actual attack group, split off your mortar teams and just use them for attacking spirit towers. Continue left and you will come across another guarded spirit tower. Order your mortar teams to attack the spirit tower from the ledge and intercept the defending units as they come up the ramp near the bottom here. There is another tower in the lower left of this section that a couple ghouls will come to defend. Grab the ghouls and take them out of range of the spirit tower. Engage them and at the same time order your mortar teams to drop this tower. Watch the health on your trolls as their health total is fairly low. Continue down this path and you will come across another tower. Use the same method as before; order your mortar teams on it but this time it is more difficult to pull undead out of range. Be sure to micro your trolls as they are being attacked since they will die fast, and watch your mortar teams cause it is very likely they will get attacked. After this tower and units are down you will spot the first ship down near the water. Use Muradins storm bolt to sink it. Continue across the bridge in the lower right and head south, killing the 3 nerubians along the way. Continue south and you will spot a number of nerubians here. This can be a bit of a fight. Focus down the queen and use muradins storm hammer to stun her as she will be casting area damage spells. Use muradins thunder clap also to deal some damage to the skeletons. Use his avatar here if you want. Keep arthas healing as needed and again keep a close eye on the trolls. About this time muradin and arthas will both be leveling. Arthas just has his divine shield left, and get muradins final rank of storm bolt. Continue right for the second ship. Use muradins storm hammer once more to take it down. Head south for another mercenary camp; purchase the 2 magi and 2 berserkers. The next area is not too bad, there are just several naga. Use muradins thunder clap here again to take them out quickly. Attack through here and head up the path on the left to reach a goblin laboratory. Purchase two sappers, these will be used to clear the forest to get to the third boat just below you. Just target to destroy the two trees on the far right of this portion of forest to clear a path through. Targeting the first one on the right will drop only the right one, and targeting the one right behind it will clear the rest of the trees around here. Move through and drop this boat. Head north to another merceanary camp. You should have gold for 4-6 units depending what you buy. I bought out the high priests and maulers and purchased one trapper. A trapper helps a lot for the next fight. Move down and right to come across some air. If you grabbed a trapper use the ensnare to bring one down and have your melee attack it. Now move south and a cut- scene will occur showing several spirit towers on the side ledges. Take a hero to the shop and buy the amulet of recall. Arthas works better because he has divine shield, but muradin works just fine too. Once on the other side use the amulet to target your attack group (if you have more than 12 then kudos..just take the strongest of them), and drop the fourth boat here. If you are running real low on time, say a 1:00 or less, just run straight to the last boat and use Muradins storm hammer. Otherwise, fight through the last sets of units like normal, but do not worry about the graveyards if time becomes a factor. Focus down the necromancers first as their skeleton warriors can overwhelm you. Continue right and up the path here, and shortly you will come across a large group of undead, including a few abominations. Use muradins avatar here again if it is off cooldown, and spam his thunder clap to take care of the units. Focus fire the abominations, then the rest of the units. The last ship is right on the other side; take it down to end the mission. ==================================== Chapter nine: Frostmourne (ROCWH9) ==================================== Main quests +Frostmourne -Locate Frostmourne -Arthas must survive -Muradin must survive +MalGanis -Destroy Malganis base The first part of this mission is, for lack of a better term, a "split" mission. You must defend your base and at the same time take Arthas, Muradin, and a few units through the section on the left side of the map to retrieve frostmourne. On the plus side, your base is already well established, fully teched out with a castle, full food supply, and all unit producing structures (2 bararcks). This is essentially all you need to produce an army unless you decide to mass gryphon riders..which I will not go over. This does work as well and if you wish to do so, all tactics will be the same for the mission except you will not need the damage and armor upgrades for melees, and will probably want a second aviary. But having a mixed ground force is more effective, so that is what I will cover primarily. Taking care of your base is pretty simple. Start by training 7 additional peasants: 2 for gold and 3 more for lumber, plus one at each entrance you will be defending. Also get the lumber harvesting and masonry upgrades from the lumber mill. Upgrade these all the way as you have resources; this will be your only initial investment besides towers. Anyway after training peasants you will cross into high upkeep shortly, and my suggestion is to just let the footmen die or kill them to drop back down to low upkeep. Grab all the units in your base (about 15) and move them to where the attack is. This should bring you back down to low upkeep and you will not need them for attacking. Building your defense at high upkeep will take too long. The only units you want to keep alive are riflemen, knights, and priests. Your gyrocopters and footmen do not have a pressing use during the last attack. So anyway make sure youre under low upkeep, and then start building towers at the north and east entrances to the base (10 at each entrance as usual). You may occasionally get attacked from the southeast entrance but its not hard to move those attackers toward your east defense towers, and with that note be sure to build your east entrance defense more to the south so this is simpler. Your north can just be built in the middle of the path. Get the peasants assembling scout towers and upgrade them as they come, and while periodically checking on that, head over to Arthas and his group. Start moving forward and take care of the 3 wolves here. These creeps will give you gold so add that to your peasants shift commands and use the gold to upgrade your defense quicker. Grab the ring of protection +3 and continue on to see another wolf down the path. He will turn and run and you can stun him with muradins storm bolt if you want, but I just followed him back to the pack of wolves. Once here utilize muradins thunder clap and focus down the level 6 dire wolf. Grab the periapt of vitality +150 and head left to kill a few more creeps. At this point make sure you have no idle peasants and if so, put them back to work (they are likely on defense towers), and double check your lumber mill upgrades. Double back to the path on the right to head toward a fountain of mana. From here head north and you will come across some yetis. Focus the level 9 and keep him stunned with stormbolt, and once again use muradins thunder clap to area damage them down. When he dies he will resurrect so keep focusing him. After he dies take care of the rest of the yetis. Give the tome of agility to Arthas. Continue north and take the path right to a graveyard where you will fight some undead. Area damage works well here once again, so continue utilizing thunder clap. Make sure you are still upgrading defense. Continue right and save. If either of your heroes are critically low on mana, I would suggest taking them back to the mana fountain quickly. Afterward you will have a brief cut-scene and afterward, engage the level 10 guardian and focus all fire on him. Use muradins storm bolt every time it is off cooldown. He should drop quick, after which you will have another video and completion of this objective. You will now be back at your base and if Arthas was not already, he will now be level 10. Grab the last rank of divine shield. At this point, the units you were with during the frostmourne run are now gone and you may consider making a tactical decision here. If you wish to upgrade quicker, you can send all the units you do not need on a suicide run into an undead base to drop back down into no upkeep. This will allow your upgrading to go quicker. You may still have some gyrocopters, footmen, or gryphon riders. Killing those and just keeping your priests, riflemen and knights should keep you in no upkeep. Again I can understand how this decision is debatable but its just something I do to speed up upgrading and save gold here as assembling an attack force from 40 to 90 does not take long, and in my opinion having the extra 3 gold per harvest speeds things up while preparing. As usual I suggest keeping all your units you will be attacking with in back of the base. Arthas is plenty powerful enough to wreck any focus-fire units that attack your base. So with that in mind, maintain your two defense grids and start hammering out your upgrades (all upgrades from blacksmith if you are following my strategy, iron forged swords and studded leather armor only if you are massing gryphon riders). Double check and make sure your lumber mill upgrades are completed first; these are the most important ones. Also make sure you have peasants on the gold mine, as it is easy to overlook this. Start grabbing all the usual upgrades as the resources come; all four from the blacksmith, adept training for priests and sorceresses, long rifles for riflemen and war training for knights. All the same ones as last mission. Defending attacks with arthas is a lot easier now; his attack is much more powerful and he has full rank of divine shield. Harassing enemy bases with arthas is a great tactic and can ease your life during defense. Just be sure to save first because you don't want to be getting attacked without arthas support, nor do you want arthas dying on you. But harassing can be real effective: your divine shield is a 45 second duration at only a minute cooldown, so you are immune 75% of the time. Just attack for 45 seconds, run out during your 15 seconds of cooldown, then reshield and run right back in. Anyway we will do this on purples base now. While upgrading take arthas down the southeast path to the right all the way to purples base. You will spot a spirit tower out here. Attack that regularly, and when units come to defend just ignore them. Finish the tower then after it is down run back out of the base away from the units. If they keep following you that's fine, just run them to your defense towers. Anyway after that tower is dropped heal arthas up to full, he shouldn't have taken too much damage.You can let your priests heal him up as well. After hes healed fully run back to purples base, saving just before entering. Run straight to the black citadel without poping your shield, then after reaching it THEN pop divine shield. You shouldn't take much damage as you dropped that first spirit tower and you are outrunning the other units. Attack the black citadel and use your holy light on any acolytes attempting to heal it. Once your shield drops continue attacking the citadel and holy lighting the acolytes, and once your shield is off cooldown pop it again immediately (should be about 15 seconds and as long as you did not take a lot of damage on the way in you will be able to get it off before dying). Finish the black citadel and any other acolytes around here, then retreat back to your base (its pretty easy to know if there are acolytes left as they will immediately try summoning a new necropolis. Just keep an eye for that). This can obviously be made easier with a healing potion but I don't carry those because if your like me, you view the passives as much more beneficial items. Back at base get arthas healed back up as he is likely pretty low. Finish off the upgrades; if you have been keeping up you are probably pretty close to finishing. I will suggest the same strategy as last mission: save up about 4500 gold and build your whole army after that so you can gather gold quicker in no upkeep. You may also want to build another lumber mill closer to trees at this point; it is probably getting to be a long run for your workers. I suggest building right to the left of the mine. Anyway you will still be getting attacked by green and purple will send one last attack at you if you successfully suffocated them (killed all acolytes and the citadel). Once they attack you take arthas over to purples base and finish it off. Should only be a few units here and some spirit towers. Have arthas drop the unit producing structures first, then finish the spirit towers (the crypts were still producing crypt fiends for me but these were easily dropped as they came out, so focus those first. The slaughterhouse was not doing anything). Arthas can regenenerate health almost as quick as he loses it when fighting fiends. Finish out the base and after that congratulations; you successfully dropped a base with just one hero. Really not any hero besides a paladin that can do that...particularly with chaos attack. Once the base is leveled you should have just about as much gold as you need to mass produce your army. You don't have to kill the entire base, just the unit producing structures (I still like to anyway just for pride :) Just keep an eye out for meat wagons on the way to your base. Also make sure you moved your lumber harvesting peasants down to the new lumber mill. Anyway we will have essentially the same army as last mission: 8 knights, 8 riflemen, 3 sorceresses, 3 priests, but instead of 3 mortar teams we will go with 3 steam tanks because they are just so much damned more awesomer. (yes, awesomer). If your massing gryphon riders its a lot simpler; just 2 upgrades from blacksmith, storm hammer, and about 20 of those things. But I still recommend mixed ground. Once these units are all out hotkey, again, the same boring order as last mission. Knights/captain with arthas in 1, riflemen and arthas in 2, casters and arthas in 3, steam tanks in 4. Savvy up your defense if you've any extra resources, and wait for an attack from green. If you get bored you can harass greens base; just don't try the same thing that you did with purple cause it won't work here. Just hammer some towers in front and wait for the attack group with malganis to move out. While your up here though take care of those meat wagons. Once your base is getting attacked, its best to head out right now. Your defense should have no problem taking care of malganis and the rest of the undead (as long as the meat wagons are down that is) and this will be the last attack you receive. Stop just outside of the base and save the game. You want to be outside the southwest entrance (not sure if there are others but this is where I started) Send your knights in first as usual to the 2 ziggaurats to draw out defense units, and engage them. This is a large base, and your main focus should be in keeping the group together and moving through slowly. Move along the base straight to the right; do not let your units branch of any other direction. This is real easy to let happen so watch them carefully. Order your knight group in first, followed by steam tanks, then riflemen and finally casters. Move through this row of the base, checking your groups periodically and healing them as needed. Pay close attention in particular to the riflemen, as they seem to be the easiest ones to die. Most damage should be getting taken by the knights if you took them in first though. Move to the right side of the base and if malganis comes down here, focus fire on him. DO NOT chase him into the top portion of the base; if he runs back let him go. Once this part of the base is cleared out if you got dropped into low upkeep, you may want to reinforce your attack group before continuing. Set the rally point near here if you do this but make sure its far to the right or they may go through an outpost just north of your base. The north side of the base has a lot of spirit towers and produces units fairly quickly and if you don't have a strong attack force, you risk wiping out your whole group. Once you are ready to continue the attack, head north through here, keeping your steam tanks just behind the knights and the riflemen and casters behind them. The steam tanks can take an enormous beating so don't worry much if they are getting attacked, just micro them. Just let them plow through this part of the base, killing the buildings in order, but keep them and as much of your group as possible hugging the right side as you advance. Take out the 2 spirit towers to the left and then the gold mine, and clear out this upper right portion (don't worry about the 2 far north spirit towers just yet). Once this area is reasonable clear send EVERYONE onto the black citadel. Once that is dead back your group out of here and move back in again in regular unit sequence. At this point focus your steam tanks on the spirit towers and let your attack force take care of unit producing structures and whatever comes out of them. There won't be much left of the base now, but you do want to obviously kill the acolytes if they are around and any new buildings being summoned in. After the citadels dead just mop up the rest of the base; should be fairly simple and that will do it for this mission. ========================================================================= VI. Undead campaign: Path of the Damned (ROCWUX) ========================================================================= The undead campaign is quite a bit of fun; particularly after fighting against them nearly every mission of the human campaign. Now you get to experience the combat from the undead side. The missions vary a great deal in their objectives and you will notice that as you play through the undead campaign. You will get some good items for your hero early on unlike the human campaign, which is nice. =================================================== a. Chapter one: Trudging through the Ashes (ROCWU1) =================================================== Main quests +Rescue Acolytes -Rescue 20 Acolytes (24 on hard) -Arthas must survive Optional quests +Find the graveyard -Bring Arthas to the graveyard -Arthas must survive -I will be covering this mission on hard as mentioned at the beginning of the guide. If you are playing on normal, you will just need 4 less acolytes, but the way I wrote it out it pretty much ends at the same time. There may also be less villagers on normal so if there are not villagers where I mention them, just skip that part. The first mission of the undead campaign, and the first mission of its kind in the game, is essentially a stealth mission. Your goal this mission is to rescue acolytes in the human town, while evading guards. Most acolytes are nearby townsfolk, and a death coil will drop them in one hit which is usually the best method to do. You also have a couple ghouls with you, but use them sparingly. As with the humans, Arthas death coil can heal your fellow units. Now on to the mission. If you are spotted by a villager, he will run to grab guards. The guards will then return to where you were spotted. If you are no longer here they will return to their post. Some acolytes it makes sense just to run to them in the plain sight of villagers, and just retreat quick enough to miss the guards. Anyway, once you start, head left down the path and you will meet up with an acolyte. Continue up and you will spot a townsfolk next to another acolyte. Death coil the townsfolk and run up to the acolyte to rescue him. Next head left from here and you will see another acolyte next to a townsfolk between the houses in this area to the left. This one you can save your mana and just attack regular. There is a crate with a potion of healing on the right side of this area next to the 2 guards. Killing the guards isnt really worth the time, but to get the potion right click the crate below them, grab the potion, and just run back up the path you came in on till they stop chasing you. This is the best thing to do whenever you catch attention, since fighting guards is time consuming and Arthas at level 1 is not that strong. Once you are done here cross the river to the left to meet up with a shade on the other side. Your shade will do you well this mission. It is good to get into a habit of scouting EVERYWHERE with your shade before moving in (obviously). Scout south of here with him and you will notice a patrol with a captain and 4 footmen running around a barracks in the middle. This path is just a circle around that. Now it is time to utilize your ghouls. Start by letting the patrol pass by, then head north between the trees toward the water, kill the villagers along the way and rescue this acolyte. Head back to the starting point. Your goal now is to avoid/kill the patrol and kill the two knights sitting in front of the barracks. Easiest way to do this is to park your shade on the southwest portion of the path, and try to make it so the shade provides vision of the entire left path. Now wait for the patrol to head up the path to the right of the barracks and left, and take arthas and the ghouls down the path to the right of the barracks and take out the three townsfolk. The first one can be attacked regularly; the next two will likely activate at the same time so attack one and death coil one. Destroy the lumber mill and rescue the next acolyte here. Destroy the crates for another potion of healing. I will also provide a strategy for killing the patrol fairly easily. It is a bit time consuming but the captain does drop a greater potion of healing which can greatly come in handy Take your ghouls and arthas in range of the patrol, and once they come to attack you, kite them all the way back to tichondrius. Stay near them while kiting. A couple of them will usually split off but you can usually get 2-3 of them back to tichondrius, allowing for fairly easy killing. It will take tichondrius a bit of time to kill them so you will need to watch your ghouls. Just run them around and heal as needed. After this you can either try running the last two back as well or just kill them; it is not that bad killing only two. Anyway, back to the barracks. This fight is a bit tough at this level, but you should still have two or three healing potions (if you did not get the first one, I recommend doubling back to where the two footmen at the start of the mission were. Also a greater healing potion if you killed the patrol). Use your shade to keep an eye for the patrol while up here if you did not kill them: seat him on the left path. I do strongly recommend killing it though. Anyway as far as fighting the knights it helps to drag them onto the path to assist in micro. Arthas can only death coil a few times so you want to micro the ghouls whenever the knights are attacking them. This is a much simpler fight with the knights on arthas. Focus fire one knight down obviously and use your healing potions as needed (you will probably need both of them). Once one knight is down finish the other one. If one ghoul is critically low, drag the remaining knight away a little bit and use cannibalize (granted you are out of mana). If you spot the patrol coming (if applicable), retreat to the side where the lumber mill was. Sometimes the knights will follow you, sometimes they do not. If they do just be ready to finish them. If this fight is giving you trouble, my suggestion is run arthas and the ghouls in and drop one knight, and then retreat back up the path across the river until they stop following you. Heal up or regenerate health and mana and then finish off the last knight. Either way once the knights are gone, set your ghouls out of harms way and attack the barracks. If the patrol is still around youll need to watch out for them. There is only room for arthas alone or both ghouls alone to attack the barracks, and arthas is best. Both ghouls can attack it but its about the same rate of damage and arthas can retreat faster and take more damage. It takes quite awhile to take the barracks down but as I mentioned before if you want you can kite the patrol back to tichondrius to save time. If the patrol is dead Arthas has likely leveled and if not, he will shortly. I suggest the passive for greater move speed and regeneration as your secondary attribute. Primary is death coil obviously. With the barracks down kill the horses to the left and one will drop a ring of protection +2. This is of great assistance this mission as Arthas is pretty weak. Once all this nonsense is said and done head out of the area with the barracks and take the left path. There are a couple villagers here; if the patrol is still around make sure they are on the far side before engaging; otherwise its open season. Take care of them and continue left to find another acolyte. From here head north with your units on the path just to where it starts to head right, then take a left across the river and on the other side leave your ghouls here and hug the left tree line and continue north just to where the tree line ends and some houses appear. Move your shade into the area just ahead of you and you will see an acolyte right in here and a townsfolk to the right. Carefully run up to the acolyte to activate him without agroing the townsfolk. If he does agro just run back into the treeline until a guard shows up and leaves. There is also a crate with a greater mana potion to the right of the townsfolk here that I suggest getting. You will agro the knights though. Just be quick about it; run over, right click the crate, grab the potion and run back to the treeline and back down to the river. You should escape the knights range; if you do not just grab your ghouls and keep running till you do. Knights do not generally chase far though. Now back in this little town, use your shade to scout the rest of the area. As you will notice the left side is basically clear of all patrols but does have a number of villagers. At this point grab your ghouls and move them along with arthas up into the village on this left side. Now then, observe the tree in the upper left of this area, next to the two houses. As you move forward, a villager will pop out of here; take him out. Next, you will spot two villagers on the left just past the first house, with another that patrols to and from here. Wait till the patrol is with these two and take your units in to clear them all. With all your units blocking their exit you shouldn't have a problem stopping them from escaping and additionally saving arthas mana. Head all the way up to rescue another acolyte. Head right and kill the two villagers that are here. There is an acolyte just south of here with a group of villagers and a couple guys fighting. Park your ghouls in the top left and run arthas through the opening in the trees here right over to the acolyte. Right after the acolyte activates quickly run back to the top left with your ghouls and wait for the guards to come over and head back. Move your shade to the right of where the villager fight is going on. A knight is patrolling back and forth: move arthas and the ghouls past the night when it moves down and onto the path to the right. There is another acolyte south of where this path starts: hug the tree line at the end of the fence as you head down and you will spot the acolyte behind some houses here. Head back over to the path, head right and into the graveyard here. Your army just got a little larger which will be nice to have in due time, and this completes the optional objective (Yes, falling off the right side of the path for four free units is, in fact, an optional objective). If you still have both your starting ghouls you will now have four ghouls and three skeleton warriors. I will just say this once; MAKE SURE you keep at least one ghoul alive. You will see why in a bit. Continue north to the gate, but lets not attack it just yet. Head left and you will spot a town hall getting attacked by bandits. Jump into this fight and attack the militia while the bandits and them are engaging each other. Watch the health of your skeleton warriors. If they get critically low use death coil. Finish these weak units off and drop the town hall. Head to the lower left portion of this area to rescue another acolyte. After that head north of the town hall into the corn field to rescue yet another acolyte. Now, take the path left and at the fork take the bottom path. Rescue the acolyte here, and head back onto the path to the top fork. You will come across more bandits. Attack them in any particular order (focusing the weaker down first may be better as I dont notice any abilities on the level 4), and grab the healing potion and spider ring that drop. Rescue the acolyte up here as well. After this is done cannibalize with your ghouls if they need health. Now head back to the gate and drop it. You will be greeted by two footmen chasing an acolyte. Focus fire one and after they are dead pick up the potion of healing and rescue the acolyte if you have not already. He will be in front of the gate if so. I would suggest scouting this whole area with your shade first. I will go over it but its just a good idea to get a general idea of the layout and patrols. Your first route here will be the immediate path to the south. Down here is an acolyte with 3 villagers, and further south a knight and footman. With such a good size force we will start killing these small groups like this. Head straight down to them and focus the footman, then the knight. Micro any skeleton warriors who are being attacked immediately, and micro ghouls after they have been attacked a few times. Get the acolyte you passed then continue right. Where the road splits wait here for a couple footmen patrols. Drop them both and head south. Follow the path over, kill more villagers and get the acolyte near the tree on the top side of the path. There are a couple more villagers further up here who will run up to a group of footmen and a captain near some cages and four acolytes. Try to kill them but if they get too far ahead just run back to the fork in the road until the captains group comes and goes. With this done there is a secret area we will now head into. From the fork in the road, observe the path to the south you just came in on. When this path turns to go straight east,there is a small tree between two houses here on the south side of the road (a small red house on the left and a tall blue house on the right. This is almost directly south of where you rescued the acolyte). Use your ghouls and attack this tree. After cutting it down cut down the next tree behind it, and keep cutting your way south until you come to a clearing with a rocky hill on the right and a river on the left. Now bring the rest of your attack group in here. Arthas can require a bit of space so if he doesnt fit just cut more trees to make the path wider. Once all your units are in this clearing head right till you come to a rocky wall. To the north of this wall are more trees. Clear them out once again so arthas can fit through. Take your whole group to the other side of this wall, and once here head to the top right and you will spot three golems. Attack the level 6 first, then the level threes. Micro any unit being attacked; these golems will drop pretty quick. After they are dead pick up the nice gauntlets of ogre strength +3 and head back out to the main mission area. Now head all the way back to the gate. This time we will take the path on the right. Follow it over and you will activate some villagers who will fetch a footman and knight. Focus the footman again and kill them both. Continue right past the cathedral and hug the houses on the north. Heal up real quick and then kill the villager up here, and kill another one just south. After this head down south and get ready to fight the footmen and the captain in front of the cages. Focus the footmen down one at a time, and save the captain for last. If you still have all or most of your units this won't pose much problem. After they are dead grab the potion of greater healing and run over to grab the four acolytes. This will do it for normal. For hard mode you should just need one more acolyte and he is just south of the cages in the group of houses here, hiding behind a house near the path. Go rescue him and that's it for hard mode. ============================================= b. Chapter two: Digging up the dead (ROCWU2) ============================================= Main quests +Recover remains -Kill the Paladin -Bring Arthas to Kel'Thuzads tomb -Arthas must survive +Establish a base -Build a Necropolis -Haunt a gold mine -Build a Crypt -Build 3 Ziggurats +Claim the Urn -Kill the Paladins -Recove the Urn For the first part of this mission you will not have a base. Set up a group with the ghouls and Arthas, and your meat wagons separately obviously. Make sure to turn on their auto-gather corpse option. Head down the path to the right and take out the scout tower here however you please, and then move Arthas and the ghouls further down the path to take out the footmen. Keep your meat wagons out of range, as their splash attack will also affect your units. You can use them to pull the footmen from afar and have your standard units intercept if you want, just be sure to pull them back afterward. Now move forward for a brief cut-scene, and then order your meat wagons onto the watch towers. Do not worry as no units will come out to defend. Take out those and the farms and then continue forward. There will be 4 footmen in formation ahead, a cannon tower on the bottom, a watch tower on top and two farms in front of each one of those. Get your meat wagons in a straight vertical line and order them to attack the ground on one of the sides where the footmen are standing so you get both of them. Attack them just once and then move your meat wagons way back out of range when the footmen come to attack you. Make sure arthas and the ghouls stay out of the cannon towers range. Have them intercept the footmen and focus down the low health ones. You should be able to do this without losing any. After the footmen are cleared out order your meat wagons to take out the defense towers, followed by the farms. Now clear out one of Arthas spots in inventory (healing potion is probably the best to drop but its up to you), heal up, and move forward to engage the paladin and four footmen. Be sure to roll your meat wagons back. Focus the paladin down first, as he will heal the footmen. He is only level two so he will drop fairly fast. You will need to micro your ghouls as death coil will use your mana quick and they will probably die faster than the cooldown refreshes. Once the paladin dies he will drop a scroll of healing. Use this to heal up your ghouls as needed and focus down the footmen in any order. Once they are down bring your meat wagons back up and kill the remaining structures if you want, and then bring arthas into the graveyard just to the southeast of you and to the circle here to complete the first objective. After the brief video you must establish a base. First thing I suggest doing is moving your meat wagons to the back of your base to avoid their splash damage. Have one acolyte haunt the gold mine, and another build a Necropolis on the northwest side of your base. Best place to build it is right next to the western forest, just south of the corn stalks there. This reason for this positioning is so that your upgraded necropolis can help with defense. You cannot build anything else until the necropolis or gold mine completes and establishes blight. Once this is done send your ghouls to harvest lumber, have an acolyte build a graveyard as close to the forest right as you can, and another one build two ziggurats just to the north of the necropolis. Remember acolytes need only start the summoning; then they can move on to other tasks. If you get attacked before you have a few spirit towers pull your ghouls to help. Once you have the resources build a crypt, and once the ziggurats complete convert them to spirit towers, and train one additional acolyte. Rally him to the gold mine and pull another acolyte to continue building ziggurats on the north side of the base. Eight will be enough for defense. You will get attacked by a few footmen soon, so if need be pull your ghouls to help. Once your ziggurats are all build and upgraded, upgrade the necropolis to a halls of the dead. Leave your acolyte near the ziggurats for repair. Now when you have resources get the upgrades from the graveyard, and after the halls of the dead completes you can build a slaughterhouse if you need to (if you still have the three meat wagons you do not need anymore), and build another crypt when you can. After this is done you can start training ghouls in mass. I suggest training up to 70 food, but no more after that. You don't need a ton for attacking. A good habit to get into when training ghouls before attacking is just rally them all to lumber. If you do that lumber will pretty much never be a problem. It sure as hell won't be this mission since ghouls don't cost lumber and if you still have all six from earlier, youll have about 3000 now and a barren wasteland on the right side of your base, but just for reference. With two crypts you will have 70 food of ghouls in a few minutes, and after that hotkey your ghouls with arthas (including all the ones on lumber), should be two full groups and one with a few. Hotkey your meat wagons after that and before we attack the alliance, take your two full groups south out of your base. By now arthas should have leveled, so get rank two of death coil. Cross the river and clear the three level six golems out of this area. After that observe the elevated ledge to your right, and follow that to the south till you come to a ramp. Move up here and a level 9 golem will emerge. Kill him and pick up the pendant of energy for arthas (This item helps an enormous deal as arthas mana pool does not allow for many death coils). You probably lost a few ghouls while attacking the level 9, so refresh your attack group and move arthas and all the ghouls back to blight for faster health regeneration. Between blight and arthas aura they will heal back to near full once your attack groups are refilled. Now with your groups set back up again, save and move forward. You can wait to counterattack if you wish but its not necessary. Take the northwest path out of your base. Hotkey your crypts if you have not already to routinely refresh ghouls, and set their rally point to your meat wagons. Follow the path up and after you head between the fence you will come to the first paladin. Focus fire him till he pops his shield, then go after the footmen. Make sure to MOVE your ghouls to the units here;if you attack-move them they may attack the buildings nearby instead. Once the units are gone pick up the potion if you have space and move up your meat wagons to attack the barracks a little further northwest of here. At the same time order more ghouls out of your crypts to bring you back up to 70 food if you lost any. After the barracks is dead have your meat wagons continue on the farms if you want and move your ghouls and arthas south of where you killed the paladin to engage some more alliance. Take them out in any order and refresh your attack group a little more if necessary. Once you have trained all the ghouls you need, refill your attack groups (the reason I rallied to the meat wagons is so that they are easier to keep track of for grouping) and continue south down the path through the opening in the wall. There is a crate on the left with a potion of mana. If you have any potions of healing I suggest replacing them with this. Continue down and if you come across more alliance take care of them. Alliance still regularly send attacks to your base and this is the route they take so be prepared for them. Continue refreshing ghouls as needed and keeping your meat wagons a fair distance behind the group. Remember your ghouls can cannibalize if they need health to save arthas mana, which he is probably low on. Anyway follow the path down till it curves to head left,regenerate your mana and heal up, and head left to engage the next paladin. Focus the paladin first of course and then the rest of the units after. After the units are dead move your group back and bring the meat wagons up to take out the watch tower just northwest of here. Grab the gloves of haste that the paladin dropped (if you have any consumables I suggest replacing one of those; healing potion preferred. If you use healing potions a lot though the spider ring is the least effective passive item you have at this time. Level the structures in this area. Remember to take care of the barracks in the upper left. Once these structures are gone watch the the video. By now you probably have a ridiculous amount of gold, so you can max your food limit. Just keep a full que of ghouls in the crypts at all times. You will need a fourth group for ghouls (or you can fill the third group and leave the other ones following the meat wagons to refresh these groups with). Once your food limit is capped get a full que on the crypts and now you will not need to worry about queing for awhile. Anyway after the video send all your units (save for the meat wagons) south to engage uther. He will shield so take care of the other units here. Have each attack group focus its own unit and after they are dead wait out uthers shield and focus him down. After he is dead there is a scroll of protection in a crate near the tents just south of you if you want it. Grab that if you do and then pick up the urn to complete the mission. ================================================== c. Chapter three: Into the Realm Eternal (ROCWU3) ================================================== Main quests +The Elfgate -Destroy the High Elf base (blue) guarding the elfgate. As this mission starts you are thrown right into combat as you level a high elf outpost. One acolyte automatically begins haunting the goldmine to the north (confirm this and make sure it doesnt get destroyed), so take another one and build your necropolis right next to the forest on the south side of this base, center between the southwest and southeast paths. Turn on your necromancers auto-cast for skeleton warriors, as you will get attacked soon by. Once you do focus down Sylvanus first, followed by the rest of the units. You want your ghouls to survive primarily, but try to keep all your units alive. Turn off auto-cast for skeletal warriors after the battle. Once the necropolis completes have your ghouls start harvesting lumber and returning it to the necropolis for now. Build two ziggurats on each side of the necropolis as far south as you can and upgrade to a halls of the dead right away. Your next task will be a graveyard; build this next to the forest by the gold mine. Build a crypt as well, but you can build it out of the way as you will not need it for much. Once the ziggurats complete upgrade them and train one additional acolyte and send him to the gold mine. Take your construction acolyte back down to the south and build two additional ziggurats on each side of the necropolis. Build them vertically on each side as close to the necropolis as you can get it; build one on top and one on bottom for each side (your ghouls should have cleared the forest away by now). Upgrade these all when they complete and this will be more than sufficient for defense. Now when you have the resources build two temples of the damned and a slaughterhouse, and get only the damage upgrade from the graveyard. Your attack group will consist almost entirely of necromancers. You will want about 6 total meat wagons and the rest of the group necromancers. At this time turn on your meat wagons auto-collect corpses if you have not yet and move them near the graveyard to fill up on corpses. Once the temple(s) complete get the skeletal longevity and adept training upgrades. If you still have your three meat wagons train three more and if you still have the five ghouls you started with, kill one or two off to stay in "no upkeep". You probably have more than enough lumber by now anyway. Order your ghouls to now harvest the forest next to the graveyard. Have your newly trained meat wagons collect corpses as well and as a meat wagon fills up, move it away from the graveyard. Once about three meat wagons are filled up start training necromancers. Keep all necromancers auto-cast off of course. Train them up to 70 food and form them into the first two attack groups with arthas in each one. After this is done you should have about 18 necromancers. Let your meat wagons finish filling up on corpses if they need to;you shouldn't have many left to get. Assign your meat wagons into another attack group and head out of your base down the southwest path. Move down to the runes and once you get there bring up your meat wagons and order them to attack the ground at the trees. After they are cleared out wide enough for your wagons to fit through,move them through and move arthas southwest just enough to spot the first defense tower to the elf base. Line up your meat wagons outside the base (do not attack yet) and save your game. You may get attacked out here (once the trees were destroyed it opened a path for your base to get attacked by), so be ready in case that occurs. Just take them out regularly; do not spawn any skeletons. Anyway when you are lined up, order each group of necromancers to summon skeletons and they will do so from your meat wagons. After this turn on auto-cast for them and send your skeleton warriors into the base. Keep your necromancers and meat wagons out of the battle for now. Let your necromancers continue summoning skeleton warriors and sending them in as they come until all the units that come to attack are finished off. At this point move your meat wagons up just to take out the defense tower. Continue advancing your skeleton warriors through the base but again leave your meat wagons and necromancers back a bit. Clear out any additional units and then order your meat wagons to destroy the defense tower in the middle of the base near the town hall. Once you have a decent foothold in the base turn off your necromancers auto-cast and start moving your acolytes that were harvesting the gold mine down here (it has more than likely collapsed by now). Order an acolyte to haunt this gold mine once the majority of the base is leveled. After that with the gold you have (you should have quite a bit still), refresh your necromancer and meat wagon groups as needed and rally them down to this area. If you need quite a few of them have every other meat wagon that comes out collect corpses from the graveyard at your main base and then move them down to your outpost once they are full. While your acolytes are waiting on the gold mine to be haunted have them repair your meat wagons as needed. Build a graveyard down here too, and 8 ziggurats on the right side of your outpost. After this use an acolyte to unsummon an equal number of ziggurats from your base. You will get attacked down here so when you do use arthas and skeleton warriors to fight and keep the rest of your units back. If you get attacked prior to your defense towers being established summon skeleton warriors and immediately after move your meat wagons and necromancers out of the fight. After any fight roll your meat wagons over to collect the corpses. If you have not already spend arthas attribute point in unholy aura. Once your groups are refreshed up to 70 food order your first group of necromancers to summon skeletons, and send the skeletons with arthas out of the base to the southeast, and take the first left to reach a fountain of mana. Kill the golems guarding it. Pick up the potion of healing if you want. Let your necromancers and arthas hang out down here to restore mana as needed. Once your groups are refreshed, wait for an attack from blue at your outpost. Send skeleton warriors out to kill the ballistas. After blue attacks you save, collect the corpses, and send your whole group southeast out of the base. Follow the path till just before it turns to go right, and at this point turn on auto cast for your necromancers and send skeleton warriors down to eliminate the units and defense tower to the south of the curve. After it is down move your group just north of this area, before the river. Continue summoning skeleton warriors and attack them to the location of the blue gate as they come out. Keep your meat wagons and necromancers back for now, and watch arthas health. Slowly advance your units across the river as the skeletons push into the base, and once you have a decent foothold in here move your meat wagons back to the back of your group and send your necromancers in just behind the skeleton warriors. Use micro on ANY necromancer getting attacked, regardless of health, as you want your skeletons to be taking all the damage. Focus meat wagons on defense towers first, unit producing structures second. If sylvanis spawns focus all fire on her. After you've cleared all the attacking units from the base and your attack force is all inside, turn off auto-casting for skeletons (it doesnt matter this mission but its a good habit to get into so you don't use all your mana). Finish the base off the complete the mission. Note about this attack method: I will use this method of attack for a good portion of the missions as it is very effective and really a part of what the undead are about; swarming a base and overwhelming the enemy. Its also real cheap since your main combat units are summons and can just die left and right without a worry. It takes a bit of practice to get used to controlling all the factors but once you get it down it works better than any other strategy in my opinion. It is the same anytime you use it. Get all your meat wagons loaded with corpses, keep them at the front of the attack group until you reach the outside of the base, and start summoning skeleton warriors to send in. Send in only skeleton warriors until any defending units and structures are destroyed, then move your whole group forward, skeleton warriors leading, followed by necromancers, and finally meat wagons. Turn off auto casting once all defending units are dead to save mana. The biggest problem tends to be meat wagons and necromancers being attacked: both are fairly weak. If you find this being a problem you can keep them out of combat for longer or even entirely. Just bring necromancers in behind the battle to summon more skeletons from the corpses and retreat them once more. You can have quite a few skeleton warriors overwhelming the base and can destroy bases using them exclusively. ============================================== Chapter four: Key of the Three Moons (ROCWU4) ============================================== Main quests +Three Moons -Destroy the three High Elf Altars -Collect all three mooncrystals This mission can be very annoying during the transition phase (You need to tear down your base and rebuild it somewhere else), and I am sure there are numerous ways to do it. However in this mission you need to attack two fairly strong bases while being unable to easily run back to defend your original base, so that is why I adopted the strategy I used here. It is time consuming but is the safest way to go about it. At the start of the mission group all your offensive units together and head southeast of where you started. You will come across a small elf outpost. Take care of the flying units (the crypt fiends you got should net them automatically) and once they are done with have one acolyte haunt the gold mine and another build a necropolis on the north side of your base, directly beneath the opening in the forest that leads to the river, at the top of the dirt. This is the best position to use to build spirit towers around for your defense, which consists of a number of air units. Once the gold mine completes have all your acolytes on that, and once the necropolis finishes order your ghouls to harvest the forest near it, upgrade it to a halls of the dead immediately, and grab an acolyte to build two ziggurats and a graveyard near the forest by the gold mine.. Build the ziggurats on either side of the necropolis. What you will do for defense is build ziggurats (spirit towers) on the left and top sides of the necropolis; about two rows of 3 on the left side and 3-4 towers along the top. Keep the necropolis center behind these tower setups. You will be getting attacked very soon. Keep the ghouls on lumber and activate the necromancers auto-casting. The crypt fiends along with arthas and these should be more than sufficient to fend off the first minor attack. After the attack if the graveyard is done upgrade your ziggurats. If not do so as soon as possible. The halls of the dead should complete soon after that and when it does, train two more acolytes. Keep 5 on gold and 1 on building/repair. Also once your ghouls clear out the majority of forest near the necropolis you can send them down to harvest near the graveyard. Commit all resources to defense till you have about 10 spirit towers. After your defense is established again use only arthas to assist in defense and save your necromancers and crypt fiends. When this is done build a temple of the damned, a crypt, and a slaughterhouse. If you do not have a lot of space just place them where the ghouls have cleared forest. You should have a ton of lumber by now anyay. Start queing up upgrades from the graveyard; this time you will want ALL of them. You have two levels now. When the temple of the damned completes grab the necromancer upgrades as well. You will be getting routinely attacked by sylvanus on the ground and air from the north side, so defend against those as normal. When Arthas levels up get the last rank of death coil. Continue upgrading and routinely defending and when done with all upgrades, move arthas out the right exit of the base to find a couple zeppelins. Be sure to repair the spirit towers on the north side of your halls of the dead as the air can do a bit of damage to them. Anyway once you have these four zeppelins you can start building your attack force. Your goal is 11 crypt fiends, 11 necromancers, and 6 meat wagons. You will cross into high upkeep by doing this and the gold mine does not have a high limit, so harvest the entire mine before crossing into over 70 food.If you want more peace of mind you can just save up all the gold you need while in no upkeep like last campaign. Assuming you need to purchase all units it is 6240 gold. I would personally wait till the mine is down to about 3000 before crossing into any upkeep however, because affording the attack force does not leave a lot of leeway when it comes to how much gold you will have left when the mine collapses. So use your own judgment as far as managing your gold, but if you have any doubts, I would just harvest the entire mine before building your force beyond 40. Just make sure to keep your ziggurats repaired if you do this because you can't afford to lose them. Use arthas death coil on enemy units to help drop them faster, particularly the air and sylvanus. Anyway with all this nonsense aside, train your meat wagons first so they start gathering corpses. If you fall short on gold for any reason leave meat wagons out, but keep at least three. After that alternate between crypt fiends and necromancers. After defending attacks roll meat wagons over for corpses as well. So after your gold mine collapses spend the remainder of your gold save for at least 300, and finish off what you can of your attack force. Don't spend more than a few minutes doing this though because you don't want to keep spending gold on repairs or new towers as you are not receiving any. Once you are ready hotkey your groups: 1 with arthas and crypt fiends, 2 with necromancers and arthas, and 3 with meat wagons. Load into the zeppelins (if you have the entire attack force,you will be a space or two short but that's alright, just grab when you come back for your acolytes shortly), save, head out the right side of your base just across the river, and drop your entire force on the runes. Shift command your zeppelins back across the river once this is done, but make sure all units are unloaded. You will be dropped into combat quick, but will not get attacked very strongly at first. Order your necromancers to summon skeletal warriors, and order the skeleton warriors and crypt fiend groups to attack in. At the same time, retreat your necromancers and meat wagons back a little bit to keep them out of trouble for now. Turn off auto casting once you have cleared the defending units; this base is not very strong so save your mana (I basically just ordered necromancers to summon skeletal warriors twice, auto cast is not necessary if you prefer). Once you have formed ranks somewhat you can move your necromancers and meat wagons in. Once you turn off auto casting and have a foot in the base, you will want to move your whole base over here. Go back to one of your zeppelins and load all but one acolyte in. Take them to where you are attacking and drop them near the gold mine on the east side of the base after it is cleared out. Start haunting the gold mine with the 300 gold you saved, and while that is building have your other acolyte unsummon your whole other base. Then start a necropolis at your new base (just above the gold mine as far right as you can is where you want it), and a graveyard on the left forest. At this time move arthas south to the altar and destroy it for the first piece of the mooncrystal. You will assemble your defense uniquely in this area, as all attacking units come through the waygate (with the occasional exception of some flying units), and you will want to exclusively focus on defense until your food cap is reached once again. Then you can refresh workers if needed and build the unit production structures (after defense is upgraded). Once the goldmine completes have all acolytes on there (upkeep is of no concern), and after the necropolis completes pull one as needed to assemble ziggurats. If there are still any stragglers at your old base go pick them up. You may get attacked a couple times here before defense is up so keep your crypt fiends and necromancers near the waygate, with your meat wagons back out of combat range. Anyway you will want your ziggurats to surround the waygate up here. Build a couple right in front of the gate, leaving just enough space for your reinforcements to make it through. Once you have a few building send group 1 through the waygate and take care of the outpost on the other side. There is not much here so the crypt fiends are more than enough to level this area. However if you get a full-scale attack from blue or teal run back to your base. Clear this entire place out, including the defense towers in front of both waygates (there is one in the top center and one further to the west), and go back through the gate to your base. Upgrade your ziggurats, and start surrounding the gate as much as you can with them. Also upgrade to a halls of the dead as soon as possible. Spend the rest of the resources you have on defense here. If you are in low upkeep, stay and finish your base (build at least 10 ziggurats around the way gate and the same structures as before. After this refresh your attack group, same numbers as before, and resume attack.) If you are in high upkeep, wait for an attack from either blue or teal, defend it, and then take your group back through the waygate and attack the relevant base (if you fall below high upkeep while defending the attack, use the low upkeep strategy and finish your base. The reason for the attack with high upkeep strategy is because in high upkeep it takes a long time to fully assemble your base). Anyway while attacking, if blue attacked you, take the far west gate. If teal attacked you, take the center north gate. Continue with your defense if you attack a base, and make sure you have at least 6 or so spirit towers before attacking in case you get attacked by the other color. Alternatively; if you get attacked by BOTH blue and teal within about 30 seconds of each other and have a fair size attack force (3-4 meat wagons and 7-8 necromancers/fiends), just attack. Its a safe time to attack as you won't have to defend your base at least till one of them is leveled. While you are attacking, always be producing more units for units you are losing, but just leave them at your base. You will want to be able to finish off the second base fairly quickly after the first one is gone, as you've probably had enough of this mission already. Both the next areas are main bases, and the strategy will be the same for both. Make sure your necromancers have reasonable mana, heal/regenerate your units, and move your meat wagons next to the gate. Refresh your attack force as needed. Summon one round of skeleton warriors and send them in. Immediately after send your crypt fiend group in, then necromancers, then meat wagons. Activate necromancer auto casting once more and this time leave it on the whole attack, or at least until all you have left are farms, blacksmiths, etc. Order meat wagons onto defense towers, and make sure to routinely reorder your skeleton warriors to attack into the base. Otherwise they can end up just sitting around. Focus down sylvanus (at blue) whenever she is up, and otherwise keep meat wagons on defense towers and your other units on units primarily. Let your skeleton warriors attack whatever they find. Clear the base down. Once the base is cleaned out kill the altar in the area for the second mooncrystal. You will need to clear another spot out of your inventory TEMPORARILY to pick up the second and third pieces (after its picked up it slots into the first mooncrystal). Yes, screw all these inventory slots lost, I know. Once you have one base down head back to your base and refresh your attack force. Wait once more for an attack from the remaining base and counterattack them. Same methods as the last base, and destroy the altar in this base for the final piece of the mooncrystal. Congratulations, the worst is over. Now your final objective is to bring Arthas to the gate. Just load him into a zeppelin and drop him on the circle to end this damned mission. ================================================== e. Chapter five: The Fall of Silvermoon (ROCWU5) ================================================== Main quests +The Sunwell -Defeat the Sunwell's Guardians -Bring Arthas to the Sunwell Optional quests +Sylvanas Windrunner -Destroy Sylvanas Base +Silvermoon runners -Eliminate every runner Sylvanas sends -Do not alert Silvermoon to your presence And only halfway through the undead campaign..alas you have a mission where you actually start with a base! Start by training two more ghouls for lumber and one more acolyte to build your defense. You will get attacked almost right after the start of the mission but not with much, so use arthas and the crypt fiends to defend against the first attack. Arthas should level from the first attack with the experience from Sylvanas, and you will want to learn animate dead of course. Shortly after the first attack you will receive an optional objective which is an excellent idea to complete; it essentially is just that you do not allow a runner to alert silvermoon to your presence, and destroy sylvanas base. Both kind of go hand and hand; once the base is done with she obviously doesnt send runners any longer. As long as you take care of the runners you have to defend against one less team which relieves a lot of stress from you, so make this a priority. If silvermoon is alerted you will need to further beef up defense on the south side of your base. I can't stress enough how important it is to save frequently in this mission, as it is VERY easy to just forget the alert for one runner, and if that happens your going to have a considerably more difficult time in this mission. Get into the habit of saving each time a runner is called out. Anyway when the first runner is running out he will be over near the southwest area of the map with your gargoyles already attacking. After this runner is dead I suggest leaving your gargoyles in a versatile position; this being next to a bridge almost directly south of sylvanas base, just below a fountain of mana (hotkey them obviously). The bridge is not far south of the base and goes over the river just before it splits. Be careful though, because silvermoon is just to the south of here, so don't get to close. As I said, I suggest saving routinely just before a runner is released or right after you kill a runner, just in case you let one through. Order your gargoyles to attack the runner and then shift command them back to the bridge, and that's all there is to it. With all that aside, on to defense. You do not get attacked with much effort from sylvanas so youll just want 6 spirit towers on the north side of your base, and 6 on the southwest entrance (the one that heads left). Upgrade to a black citadel once this is done, and start getting all graveyard upgrades. As resources allow build a temple of the damned and a slaughterhouse and get the necromancers upgrades as well. Also grab the web upgrade from the crypt. After a couple attacks sylvanas will attack a little stronger so you may want to add another 2 spirit towers onto each defense setup. Sylvanas base is not a big deal, so we don't need an enormous army to eliminate it. As resources allow during your upgrading, start training crypt fiends and necromancers, but stay in no upkeep if you are gold starved. About 8 crypt fiends, 6 necromancers, and 3 meat wagons will do it; just stay in low upkeep. Start training them and upgrading. Defend the feeble attacks Sylvanas sends at you during this time. If you happen to run low on lumber (which probably isnt very likely, but if) you can grab the ghoul frenzy upgrade from the crypt to increase ghouls effectiveness at harvesting. Sylvanas will start sending runners more frequently, but that should be no problem Just whatever you do make sure you are saving routinely and don't get too caught up in defending to forget a runner. If you are in the habit of rolling up to the runner, right clicking it and shift commanding the gargoyles back to the bridge its just second nature at this point. As you get attacked use arthas AND your crypt fiends this time to defend if you want, just be sure to micro and heal them. Build your army up which shouldn't take long (remember to load your meat wagons with corpses), wait for an attack from sylvanas and save your game. Send your attack group out the north exit of your base and follow the path west, to the bridge (it was probably revealed while killing runners). Cross the bridge to the area with the elven farms, just outside the base. Before attacking this base I would greatly suggest just leaving your gargoyles down near the bridge. Runners are weak and die quickly but in the heat of battle one could easily slip out and if your gargoyles are up here when that happens, you are in trouble. They won't help much during the attack and your attack force is more than sufficient to take out this small base up here. Keep in mind, runners can spawn out of any structure still standing. Anyway for attack bring meat wagons and necromancers up, summon skeleton warriors and send them in. Send your crypt fiends in shortly after, then summon another round of skeleton warriors, and after this turn on auto cast and send the rest of your army in. Leave auto cast on the whole time; you have no reason to save mana. After a bit of conflict between you and the elves after some units have died, use Arthas animate dead and send them guys further into the base than the rest of your force to take out some units. After clearing out the sanctum and the defending units move forward to the castle and focus your meat wagons on that. Necromancers will be what dies easiest here, your crypt fiends won't be in much trouble so just watch macro for necromancers. Once the defending units are dead there isnt much more danger, just focus production structures and grab runners if they are nearby. Level the base for a cut-scene and a couple nice rewards. With the base leveled and if not a single runner got through, you are basically on cruise control now. You won't get attacked until silvermoon is alerted to your presence, which will be once you go down there. Train 5 more acolytes and send one to the base you just cleaned out, haunt the mine and bring acolytes down here to harvest. Upkeep don't matter now since you have two gold sources. Anyway first thing to do is add Sylvanas to group 1,grab the hood of cunning and take group one back to the north exit of your base. Head down the path that heads right just north of this exit and defeat the golems here for some gold and a ring of regeneration. After this while you are finishing your attack group, you can use group one to kill creeps for extra gold if you want. Remember, you won't be getting attacked if silvermoon was never alerted. Bring your meat wagons back to your base to reload on corpses. I suggest killing off your gargoyles as they are not of much use against ground. You could try zerging them and just rushing straight to the sunwell and killing the guardians while ignoring other units, but its just safer and simpler to clear out the base around there. You still need to bring Arthas in too and its just easier when there is no base here. Anyway start building up your attack group. You will want 10 crypt fiends, 4 necromancers, 4 meat wagons, and 4 banshees. Without your gargoyles this should put you right at the food cap. Group your banshees with your necromancers, and sylvanas with your crypt fiends in group 1. Not much to be said while building your force as you will not get attacked. Feel free to get all your units training and go have a beer while you wait for their mana to cap out. Just take care this and once done save your game and head out the south exit of your base. Follow the path until it splits and from here follow it south to the bridge. Move onto the bridge carefully to see the defense towers on the other side. Pull back and move the rest of your army down near the bridge. Park one meat wagon just barely on the bridge, and have group 2 right behind it. Order the wagon to drop all its corpses and move it back, then order your necromancers to raise dead. Send the skeletons in, send your fiends in after, and then bring group 2 followed by the meat wagons in after. Once your casters are in battle turn auto-cast on for your necromancers. Your biggest threat here is an archmage with blizzard. When he shows order all ranged and I mean EVERY ranged to take him down and spam arthas death coil. His blizzard will clean house with your casters. After cleaning out the initial defending group use arthas raise dead and move them south with the rest of your group. Once the castle is in sight order your meat wagons on it. Turn off necromancer auto cast when you are down near this area. This area down here should clear out quick. After it is down save again and move back to the bridge and head north this time. You probably have way more money than you know what to do with so train more units if you lost any. Keep auto-cast off and just clear down this path as normal. All there are in this area are farms and the occasional unit and defense tower. As you head further west you will encounter a little more defense, but not much. When the path curves south there is another base down here; just keep reinforcing and moving south. There's not much down here BUT if you want to have a little fun as I know that's a possible reason for playing this game, posess an alliance worker and use him to build a town hall and an alliance base :) Not much reason to do this unless you want some alliance in your attack group; just a fun thing to do. Anyway clear out as much base as you want and when ready take your forces to any entrance which leads to the sunwell. There are four guardians in here, each with 1500 health and 61-68 damage, and four defense towers. Pull the two guardians nearest to the entrance you are at out of the area to kill them, kill the defense towers near them if you want, then kill the last two and bring arthas to the sunwell to finish the mission. ================================================== f. Chapter six: Blackrock and Roll, Too! (ROCWU6) ================================================== Main quests +Demon Gate -Destroy the Orc base protecting the demon gate Optional quests +Orc Heroes -Kill Throk Feroth -Kill Mazrigos -Kill Khanzo -Kill Genjuros So...youre not upset about me killing you that one time? Just a standard daily conversation piece in the world of Warcraft I assume (no pun intended). Anyway when you start the mission Kel'thuzad will introduce the frost wyrm. It is a good idea to have one or two of these in an attack group for their building freezing effect, but otherwise they take a very high level of food and are slow so zerging them is far from effective. For now however hotkey him and use him to help in defense until your towers are up, and to take out siege units during defense. Train one acolyte, two ghouls for harvesting, and right after upgrade your necropolis to a halls of the dead. Kill off a meat wagon to avoid upkeep. Near the star you will be attacked by a blade master and a few orcs. Focus the blademaster down. Use Arthas death coil and kel'thuzads frost nova for other units. If he uses mirror image hold the alt key to display health bars, and take note of what the blademaster(s) are attacking. Whichever one is taking damage is being attack by the true form so focus that one down. He will drop a manual of health when he is down; give that to Arthas. On to defense. You will get attacked from two sides of your base. Build 10-12 spirit towers on the north end of the base. Lay them out so they can effectively defend attacks from either direction. I built it like an L around the halls of the dead, in two rows. In this manner there are 8 facing each direction, and four towers are shared for either attack. The halls of the dead assists in defense too so if you do this it will be more than adequate. For the south exit of the base put in 10 here. I unsummoned the south ziggurat and rebuilt it because it wouldn't line up symmetrically with a defense grid (OCD). Heavier defense is better here because not only to orcs have the highest damage siege units, they also have raiders who deal siege damage. The faster you can drop defenders the less time they have to attack your towers, and hence the less resources you need to spend repairing or rebuilding. It will be a slow start this mission as you save resources to build so many spirit towers, so be ready to defend with your current units. Don't forget kel'thuzads frost nova; it is an excellent area damage ability. Commit resources to building your 22 spirit towers and defending stray attacks first and foremost. Attacks start light so its not too bad. Keep an eye on attacks from the east side of your base; they will go after your ghouls harvesting here. You can move your shade out to give you warning for any attacks coming and move your defense units that way. I would suggest sacrificing another acolyte and putting a shade at each entrance. If you get into the habit of glancing at your radar regularly you will catch attacks in advance and be able to move your heroes over there to keep damage off of the spirit towers. Once your defense is established hotkey your towers on each side. The reason for this is because you want them to focus down raiders who will give your towers a beating, and sappers who will take your towers down with them. Two sappers drop a line of towers, and that gets pricy, so focus them at all costs. Shift command each grid of towers to take out any raiders attacking, and any siege units if they happen into range. Keep your heroes, gargoyles, and frost wyrm on your defense group. You will want air to drop catapults as quickly as possible. You can use your crypt fiends too if you are having too much trouble with towers dying. After that build an altar of darkness and start getting the first 2 levels of all graveyard upgrades. I say that because gold can get scarce near the end of upgrading and the first base to attack is pretty weak. Once the altar is completed upgrade your halls of the dead to a black citadel, get a temple of the damned and a slaughterhouse. You want all the same upgrades as usual: Necromancer and banshee upgrades, all graveyard, and web for crypt fiends, plus you now have the disease cloud upgrade for meat wagons. Grab that as well. Once the black citadel is completed build a boneyard. If you still have the frost wyrm you started out with you will not need to train anymore if following my attack plan, but you still want to build it to grab the frost breath upgrade. Keep an eye on your ghouls at this point. If they harvested the whole northwest forest they will just be chilling at the graveyard (and not identified as idle workers as they are not considered workers, very annoying I know), so send them to the west forest. Build another graveyard here (south enough as to not draw agro from the west path if they attack from here) and desummon the old one between upgrades. If you have too much gold and no lumber get the ghouls frenzy upgrade to assist. After this continue routine defense and upgrades. Watch out for goblin sappers; they will embarrass your defense. Death coil them immediately or focus air on them. When your heroes upgrade, get kel'thuzads death and decay naturally, and learn Arthas final rank of unholy aura. Again, at this point keep an eye on your ghouls. They may have harvested that whole west forest again. Once your upgrades are nearing the final bend, assemble an attack force up through low upkeep. The first base you will attack is the one directly west of you, which doesnt do a whole lot but does have one of the heroes. A good group to attack the first base will consist of 6 crypt fiends, 3 meat wagons, 6 necromancers, 2 banshees, and your frost wyrm. Once you get up to around 65 food, kill your gargoyles. With four ghouls and six acolytes, plus your two shades, this puts you just under 70 food without your gargoyles. As is standard business load your meat wagons with corpses. Your gold mine may be running low but don't worry too much, you don't need this entire attack group. The more the better, but the base over here is fairly weak and doesnt take much to knock down. Just get whatever you can. You want to prioritize crypt fiends, followed by necromancers. Just make sure you save at least 300 gold, I would leave about 500 to allow for repairs. Assemble your army as usual: Group 1 will have the heroes, frost wyrm, and crypt fiends. Group 2 is Arthas and casters, group 3 meat wagons. Hotkey groups and save your game, then head out the west path. If your mine collapsed have the acolytes ready to build a new one in the base you are about to attack. Be ready to pull back quickly if needed to take care of orc siege units if you are attacked. Scout the base with a shade if you want, and afterward move your units across the bridge to the other side. Be careful with the bridge, as it can get clogged up and make it difficult to control your group. Move group 1 across the bridge and south of the path, and move up the meat wagons to just off the bridge, with the necromancers behind. Summon and send in skeleton warriors, and then group 1. You do not need to auto cast skeletons; there is not much over here. The blade master and a few orc units will come out of the base. Focus the blademaster using the tactic mentioned at the start of the mission, and the other units. Give the tome of agility dropped to Arthas. After this all that is really left down here are defense towers. Level the base and send your acolytes in to haunt the gold mine. If you see an orc group coming to your base pull group one out, while leaving group two and three to continue working on the base. Summon more skeleton warriors if needed. Once all attacking units are cleared and all that is left are structures and workers, keep group 1 at your base permanently to defend again. If you are quick on clearing units out of this base, your defense will not suffer. If you keep all groups down here during an attack, you can get wrecked by siege units and sappers. If this happens, reload and just anticipate the attacks. Save on other sub-files during the attack for more reassurance. Remember, you can never save too much. Once the base cleared and a gold mine assembled, start saving gold and repair defense as needed. If, like me, you were unable to afford the full attack force, your first priority will be continuing your group up to no more than 70 food. Fill group one first, then fill group two. If you have cleared every last tree in your base, start harvesting down by blues base. You can't get attacked down here without going by your north side defense so no worries. Once group one is filled we can clear the dragons outside your base for items. Save and start by heading north. Right outside your base here are some dragons you probably brushed up against during defending. Focus the little guys first, then drop the large dragon. He is immune to magic so all you will be using are standard attacks, but he will drop pretty fast. Grab the claws of attack, and now head out the east exit to your base. Just after passing the small incline to your north is another level 10 dragons with 3 small ones. Again focus the lesser then take down the high level. Pick up the periapt of vitality, which I strongly suggest for Arthas. Hes probably been taking a bit of damage. Also kel'thuzad has more than likely leveled again by now so get the last rank of frost nova. After taking care of the dragons you probably have a reasonable start on gold. You will want to cap the last 20 food. This will be with 3 more fiends to fill group 1, one more banshee and two more necromancers to fill group two entirely, and 1 more meat wagon to finish group 3. This totals out to 9 crypt fiends, 8 necromancers, 3 banshees, and 4 meat wagons. This costs 1540 gold and you probably have more than that already so start training. You really do not need to pull your acolytes off gold this time, just make sure you have enough gold before crossing high upkeep. Once high upkeep is crossed use all of group one in defense if you have not already been. Use kel'thuzads frost nova on regular units, and focus everyone else on catapults. Just run out to meet the attack and drop the catapults, then retreat back into the range of your units if you take too much damage. Otherwise just drop the whole group with frost nova, which is quite powerful now. Easiest way to do this in group one is tab-n. This selects kel'thuzad then the hotkey for nova. This is a good hotkey habit, as you want to be using frost nova all day long. Once your complete force is complete save and head out the east exit of your base. Take the first right, just south of where you slew the dragon. Roll the meat wagons near the front, but do not let them attack the watch towers. Summon your skeletal warriors and send them in as usual. Do not use auto cast here, again this base is minimal. Summon two rounds of skeletons to start attacking, then send in group 1, followed by 2 then 3 (deja` vu?) Focusing particular units here is not of much concern, as you have plenty of firepower. You will however want to order your meat wagons onto each watch tower here, and your frost wyrm as well. Shift command them to attack the remaining one after the first one is down. Use kel'thuzads frost nova once again to take out the cluster of enemies that comes to defend, and just like the previous base after that is done there is little left to be done here. Clear it out as regular and retreat group one back to base as soon as possible. Make sure Arthas grabs the tome of strength from the blademaster. Clean the base out, resave, and head north back out of the base. After heading out continue north and take the first right, right next to where the dragon died. Same drill as last base here. Clear it out as regular. Meat wagons up, two skeleton rounds, five meters spread, no sound. No AUTO CAST. The hero is inside the base (far seer), and once he joins battle focus EVERYONE on him. He drops a tome of intelligence, but again I am going to suggest giving this to Arthas, though that is kel'thuzads primary attribute. Kel'thuzad is a secondary hero and thus may not be in all remaining campaign missions, so I will never assign tomes to secondary heroes. You can if you want but I would just suggest giving it to Arthas. Anyway back to combat, your meat wagons are the units you need to keep the closest eye on here, as the base layout isnt very siege unit friendly. Wagons will need to move in to take down the structures which leaves them vulnerable to regular units. Once you have a foothold reinforce any units you need. I did not suggest that for last base because you probably did not loose very many, if any. However you may have lost a couple here as white is slightly stronger than the last two, and the next two bases are the strongest ones. So make sure your attack force is filling back to full as you are having your way with white. Once the base is all whited out (hee hee...), move back to your base as you reinforce your group. While reinforcing you can use your shade to scout orange, which will be the beast you will be conquering next. The base is located directly north of yours. The easiest path to reach it is the north path out of your base, just to the left of where you killed the dragon you will see the ramp heading north that leads to it. While reinforcing put your shades in here so you can see as deep into the base as possible from the left entrance. This is where you will be attacking from and it helps to have an idea of the units that will defend. When ready follow the north path out of your base, head left and north again. Save the game. This time we will attack slightly differently. As usual bring the meat wagons near the front and summon your skeleton warriors, but immediately retreat the meat wagons back after they are summoned. Place them on auto cast as well. Send the warriors in and send kel'thuzad right in behind them to death and decay the area in front of the warriors. Hitting anything with this is kind of menial at this point, but you want to get the attackers attention. They will clean out your skeleton warriors and come after kel thuzad, after which you want to retreat him back to near the ramp. The idea here is to kite all defending units away from the towers and base to take care of them in the open. Make sure your meat wagons are all the way back, and continue sending out skeleton warriors first. Use kel'thuzads frost nova to kill them quick, and after defending units are dead order groups in to attack in regular sequence. If the hero came out grab the tome of intelligence he dropped (again, I suggest Arthas). Once you have reached the great hall just on the other side of the first two watch towers and defending units are cleaned out, turn off auto cast for skeleton warriors. Focus your frost wyrm and meat wagons on the watch towers to your east while the rest of the group free lance attacks. Be sure to keep the wyrm healed up as he takes extra damage from piercing, and give him bone armor from kel'thuzad if he is taking too high of damage. Once orange is almost cleared out, if you still have 80 food or so with fairly balanced loses, send an acolyte into the base to repair your meat wagons. Keep everyone else near Arthas to regenerate health faster, and get ready to attack red. If you have lost multiple units, head back to base and rebuild your attack group and build a new mine in browns base in the process if yours collapsed. (brown was the south center base). When you are ready head back into oranges base.Scout reds base with a shade and attack in the same manner as you did orange. Kite the units out using skeleton warriors, and use kel'thuzads death and decay in the combat area to weaken them as much as possible. Once they are cleaned out head in as normal. When you hear the whirlwind sound during combat GET AWAY FROM THE BLADEMASTER. The blademasters whirlwind ability deals 150 damage per second and will wreck nearby units in no time. If you are unsure where he is just retreat your entire force till you don't hear it anymore, then attack back in. Leave auto cast on the remainder of the fight. Make sure Arthas grabs the tome of knowledge when it drops from the blademaster, you certainly don't want to finish the mission without grabbing this. Once he has this clean the base out by any means to complete the mission. =============================================== g. Chapter seven: The Siege of Dalaran (ROCWU7) =============================================== Main Objectives +Three Archmagi -Slay the first Archmage -Slay the second archmage -Slay Antonidas There isn't much base building to do here, as you already start with a nicely established base and a number of units. Right off the bat, upgrade your halls to a black citadel and stick the other three ghouls on lumber. Build six more ziggurats at the front of your base and get those upgrades to spirit towers. Just build them in the center of the other ziggurats already out there. I build four in between the top two and one next to each of the back ziggurats. You will get attacked soon but your towers will likely not be upgraded by then. Use your heroes and abominations to defend; abominations are more than strong enough to survive for defense. Just keep them healed and, as usual, utilize Kel'Thuzads frost nova. When you get a chance there is an archmage at a camp west of your base who drops a health stone which provides faster health regeneration. If you want to get it head west of your necropolis into the forest and finish off the Kirin tor structures. Then head up the ramp on the left side of this area to find the arch mage at an encampment, all by himself. You can kill him just with Arthas and Kel'Thuzad so do than if you want. Unlike other missions, we will not be using casters/skeleton warriors this time, purely due to the damage that undead take while inside most of Dalaran (10 damage per second which is more than casters can comfortably tolerate). Start upgrading from the graveyard (all upgrades), build a sacrificial pit, and once that is up build a boneyard. If you are running low on gold you may consider losing your meat wagons. I would suggest this as I do not use them during the attack as they die pretty quick in the aura at 380 health. I would suggest killing them off now and getting back into no upkeep as your gold mine is quite limited. Anyway build those structures and get the graveyard upgrades, plus web for crypt fiends, disease cloud, and frost breath for frost wyrms. The first archmage is located right inside the city so whenever you get attacked, use Arthas animate dead ability and send your immune units in to start picking off the humans near the archmage. Be sure to focus fire or you will likely have a hard time bringing them down. Focus the priests down first, then the sorceresses and finally the infantry. You can also use your heroes to harass the archmage and the troops here (arthas death coil will one shot casters and kel'thuzads frost nova can help drop infanty down). Just be sure to pull them out when they reach half health. Upgrading won't take very long so once you get most of the troops by the archmage down wait for the next attack from grayand then take the two crypt fiends and abominations you started with (if they died just train new ones) and kill the archmage. Use Arthas animate dead before heading in and try to get as many riflemen as possible. Order them all on the archmage and then send Arthas in after to finish the archmage. If you got 6 ranged with animate and were quick to attack with them, the archmage will be nearly dead so it wont take long to drop him. Just one death coil should do the job. And yes as much as it sucks, your damn animated undead DO take damage from the aura (not like it matters, their duration wears off before they die). Not really a big deal, I just don't think a unit taking ANY damage can be classified as "invulnerable"... Once the archmage is dead the aura will dissipate for this area and you can bring in the rest of your units to finish off any remaining troops. Once this is all said and done you can start training troops. Your army will consist of a total of 8 abominations, 9 crypt fiends, and 2 frost wyrms. This should put you right around 90. I know I have already said this way too damn much, but before crossing into high upkeep make sure you have enough gold, and when you do cross into high upkeep pull your acolytes off the gold mine. It may collapse before then anyway but if it did you should have plenty of gold. Stick abominations in group 1 with your heroes, crypt fiends and frost wyrms in 2 with Arthas. Be advised your food will increase real damn quick since these units all have a decently high food count (especially frost wyrms). Defend business as usual as you save gold/train units. Watch incoming siege units of course. I'd suggest using your abominations and frost wyrms in defense since they can take a beating (just keep them out of danger of course). Sometimes the computer will send three or four mortar teams and you don't want to be caught off guard when those come by. Anyway once you have enough gold train the rest of your units; should only take a couple minutes if you trained evenly. Afterward, save and head back into the city. If you get attacked on your way to the first base, reload and handle the attack at your base. There are two teams here, gray and dark blue. Gray is the base you are attacking. When ready head up to where you kill the archmage and then take a left; head all the way over to the end to spot a couple watch towers. This is a small outpost with a gold mine. Order a frost wyrm on each defensive tower and just send in your abominations followed by your fiends. Take out the base here. When you get near the southwest corner, order a frost wyrm on the watch tower. Order the other one on the barracks to freeze unit production. This base isn't very strong so once it is taken out send an acolyte to haunt the gold mine here and get your acolytes back on gold, regardless of upkeep. Arthas and Kel'Thuzad have likely leveled so give Arthas his only remaining ability and give Kel'Thuzad whatever you want. I really have no opinion to offer on the last two abilities as I use neither, so whichever you want. The rest of the mission will pretty much be played entirely on offense. Keep an eye out for attacks from blue as they come by your gold mine up here. You will probably get attacked when you are about done destroying the base, so fend off this attack if so. Anyway once this base is gone and a gold mine in progress, head back out the entrance and north to find a couple cages. Make sure your food limit is all capped out before attacking these. Bust them open once you are capped to get a couple golems (this will put you over 90 food). They will not take damage from the aura but a word of warning: they are immune to magic so they cannot be healed by Arthas, so treat them well. Head down the path to the right, all the way to the end to find a couple units and a poor bastard level 1 archmage. Take them out and pick up the mantle of intelligence +3 (If you are running low on mana for death coil for Arthas give to him, otherwise give to Kel'Thuzad.) After that head back to the outpost you killed, hang out on the blight to regenerate health and wait for an attack from blue coming from the north path. Take out the units and use animate dead once again, send the resurectees (sure it's a word) forward into the aura and take out the units. Start with the priest and then the casters. If you kill them all before the animates expire start hitting a tower. Once you take out the units send one frost wyrm on to each tower in front. You will be in the aura but not taking very noticeable damage; just heal with Arthas if needed. Watch out for gyrocopters which may come to defend as they will have a field day with your frost wyrm. When they show up run your crypt fiends in to ground and kill them. Once this area is cleared out head down the ramp to the right into the water and take out the water elementals around here. After this is done huddle everyone around the fountain of health until all healed up, and then order your units to attack to the archmage. It can take awhile since you are fighting the damage of the aura but the fountain heals slightly quicker. Anyway while attacking toward the archmage you will just come across a few units up here guarding an item, but don't worry about getting that just yet. Kill the units and order everyone on the archmage. Once he drops send everyone back to the fountain of health and give Arthas the boots of elvenkind. Save and send everyone back to the fountain of health right away. Heal up and then send your units to the front of the fountain, just where the ramp emerges from the water. Send the golems to the back side as they will get attacked first. Wait here for an attack from blue and while waiting send Arthas back to break open the cage near where he picked up the +6 agility boots to release an ogre magi. If you haven't lost anyone yet you will have over 100 food now. Place him in whichever group has room. Once again wait for an attack from blue. You might get attacked by some dragonhawk riders from gray which isn't too big a deal, but keep your frost wyrms glues to the fountain because they drop FAST. Let your crypt fiends drop them and take them out. Anyway for the attack from blue, the idea here is to have your front line keep blue away from the fountain of health, allow your abominations to micro back to the fountain, and keep your crypt fiends near the fountain constantly. This is easier said than done and it doesn't have to be perfect; the idea is just to use the fountain to your advantage. With luck you wont loose anyone again. Once the attack is dead use your animate dead, send the animates up the ramp and straight east, and send your group in after them to attack the blue base. At the front of the base are two cannon towers and another one behind the south one further back in the base. Order your frost wyrms on the front two, then once one is dead order him onto the back one. If you still have your golems be ready to use them to interrupt the archmages blizzard in this base with their boulder spell. If you do not have them anymore just order all units onto the archmage once he comes out to fight. Once you get into the base and the cannon towers are dead order one frost wyrm on each of the north barracks and let the rest of your force just level the base as they please. Like light blue, its not much of a base. You do however need to keep an eye out for more attacks from gray (primarily air). Again send your crypt fiends over to drop them; they will tear your frost wyrms apart. Level the base as you please and after its down and gone head back out and use the fountain of health again. Now, head back out the base the way you came in and before reaching the water again look to the north to see a gold vault. Bust it open to drop a tome of intelligence, a pendant of mana +250, and an item that grants nearby units a bonus to mana regeneration. Give the PIPE to Kel'Thuzad and the pendant to arthas (Arthas probably has a lot of good items at this point so you will need to replace something. I replaced the +150 mana pendant and gave that to Kel'Thuzad.) I gave the tome to Arthas for the reasons mentioned before as well. If you kept yourself fairly healthy you are still overmaxed on food limit and by this point have a hundred million thousand and a half resources, you can just order everyone to directly attack the archmage for the quick easy win...if you are indeed that eager and spam arthas death coil on him once you get there. If you are like me and prefer to clean everything out along the way, then read on. For this first part, send group 1 in only. The reason being is because its not a straightforward easy path to the fountain of health right in front of the archmage and your crypt fiends have a hard time making it there in 55 seconds, not to mention the extra time spend fiddling trying to actually compete them with abominations to get in range of the fountain. So leave them back for now. Take group one and attack your way forward (ignore the cages for now) to take out a few stray units. After that head left and use Kel'Thuzads death and decay on the units behind the crates. They will come out from the crates but that's really the whole idea; once they do cancel the effect and use frost nova to drop them. Take care of these few units and head into the area by the fountain of health and heal up. Once you reach the fountain send group 2 in after, having them kill the cages along the way to get some drakes and spiders. Take them to the fountain of health and then order everyone onto the archmage from there. Kill him to complete the mission...properly. ================================================ h. Chapter eight: Under the Burning Sky (ROCWU8) ================================================ Main Objectives +Archimonde -Kel'Thuzad must survive for 30 minutes I would offer an opinion of this mission...but I don't usually like to use that many "four letter" words. With that said this is probably the hardest mission in the game; considerably more so than the 30 minute defense in the human campaign. You will be surviving against a much heavier onslaught than before. Anyway the biggest tip I can offer for this mission is save all the damn time and once you get to the final attack, you may have two or three save files. You want to have a permanent save file before the final attack and then save every 30 seconds or so as you successfully defend. As the mission starts first and foremost round up the crypt fiends and Arthas from the middle, and hotkey them. Kill off the necromancer to drop back into low upkeep: you want to stay in this pretty much the whole mission. Right after that send an acolyte to the gold mine in the southeast corner of the summoning area to start haunting it. You start with an acolyte at each entrance to the summoning altar but you should be fine with two there so send one to build a gold mine, and train four more and rally them to this gold mine so you don't need to worry about it anymore. You may need to kill off another crypt fiend or shade to remain in low upkeep. Once this is done start upgrading your creature attack and carapace from the graveyard, and straight after that start building ziggurats at each entrance. Start with 15 in front of the north and east entrances, and 15 just north of your base. You wont have enough gold to do this just yet so start with 5 in each of these areas, and add more ziggurats as resources allow. I would suggest unsummoning the spirit tower out in front of each entrance (except west) and starting your defense back as close to the altar as possible. You will be getting your first attack shortly, so be ready with Arthas and the crypt fiends. These are mainly only to take out siege units but keep them defending at any area getting attacked. Upgrade the 15 total ziggurats and after that upgrade your halls of the dead to a black citadel. Keep an eye out for attacks. Your biggest threat are those steam tanks so focus everything on them; I mean towers, units, EVERYTHING. You will receive a secondary objective for goblin land mines which will help a ton at the end, but you have plenty of time to retrieve those. Your first priority is cranking spirit towers out at each entrance. Also if you lose crypt fiends, train more back up to 40 food but do not pass that. Most of your resources will go to towers. Once the first row of ziggurats are built and upgraded, get the next level of crypt fiend upgrades from the graveyard and once the black citadel finishes, get ghoul frenzy (for improved lumber harvesting) and train two more ghouls. You may need to kill off a crypt fiend to get back into no upkeep (you definitely want to stay here). After that build another 5 towers at each entrance and get those upgraded. Keep an eye on the gold mine in the southeast and if it gets attacked, kite the attackers to your east side defense. Around about 24 minutes you will receive three felhounds. Add them to your attack group and MAKE SURE THEY SURVIVE at all costs. Save before each attack and if they die, reload and do it again. These are your greatest weapon against steam tanks and also do not take up food, so you want these guys to stay alive till the final attack. Anyway keep an eye on your resources, particularly lumber. If you find yourself with a lot more gold than lumber build another graveyard closer in to the trees. You do not really need anymore than 6 ghouls, just utilize where you are harvesting to stay efficient. Be sure to reorder all ghouls onto the nearest tree to the graveyard. Unsummon the previous graveyard once the new one is built. Once you have a chance get the final upgrade for crypt fiends. You will get attacked a few more times in this period. Your north and west areas are primarily attacked by steam tanks and air, and east by blue which has general infantry and an archmage. North/west focus down steam tanks first, and gyrocopters second. They have siege bombs which also do work on your towers so keep an eye on those. Watch out for the archmages blizzard as it can do some decent area damage to your towers and units. Focus your units and towers on him to drop him quickly. Once you start getting 2-3 steam tanks at a time attacking is when you will need to start worrying about rebuilding. Once you get a foothold on defense it may help to hotkey your towers on each side to focus steam tanks and heroes down. At around 20 minutes you will get 3 more felhounds. Keep them alive, same as before. Once you have graveyard upgrades in progress and 10 spirit towers on each entrance, build another row of 5 at each entrance for a total of 15. So far you haven't been getting attacked very strongly, but it will be coming soon. Start getting in the habit of rallying your group of crypt fiends and felhounds back to Kel'Thuzad so they can easily meet any incoming attack. If you need another acolyte to help with ziggurats or repair and are at 40 food, you can either pull one off gold temporarily which I would recommend, or kill off a shade which would make it harder to prepare for incoming attacks. If you are excessive on lumber you can kill a ghoul but you probably are not very heavy on that and will need 6 still. At around 15 minutes you will receive another 3 felhounds. At this point you will probably need another attack group so group your felhounds in group 1 and crypt fiends in group 2. At this point only worry about healing your felhounds; if the fiends die they are easily replaced. Your next priority will be building another three towers on each side of your defense grid which will make a total of 21. Do this with spare resources after all towers are upgraded and repaired, and replaced as needed. As the game progresses attacks will get slightly more frequent and heavier. Pay real close attention to the west defense as it gets attacked by steam tanks pretty often and you WILL lose towers with those; your goal is just to lose as few as possible. Focus all towers and felhounds on one tank till it is dead, then refocus a new one and they will drop before they can do too terribly much damage. Check your ghouls and make sure they are still harvesting lumber. Build another graveyard if needed. Once you have 21 towers at each entrance start cranking out more crypt fiends after that. Build another crypt if you have a lot of gold. Do this up to 70 food. Just pile them next to Kel'Thuzad. If any towers die however make sure they are replaced as the priority. At 10 minutes you receive infernals. Leave them next to Kel'Thuzad for the final attack and just continue using your felhounds and a few crypt fiends for defense. Once you have a chance free 4 spots from arthas inventory and go grab the goblin mines to the northwest of your base. Take them to the altar and plant four at each entrance right at the front of the ramp leading up to Kel'Thuzad. Once you reach about 7 minutes attacks become very heavy and almost constant sometimes and it is hard to keep up with each attack but just prioritize. Make sure you stay at 40 food with acolytes: train new ones regularly and pull from gold as needed. What I did was rally acolytes to the gold mine in the base and pull off of there when one was needed. Just keep them trained and at this point you will probably need one near each entrance. Give one a bunch of shift commands to rebuild lost towers, and have at least one repairing at entrances recently attacked. If you are too busy doing this do not worry too much about focusing down on current areas getting attacked: that's why there are so many spirit towers: to make a hell of a barrier for enemy units to plow through. Your top priority is to make sure your acolytes are busy fixing up areas just attacked, and right after that to focus down units on areas being attacked currently. You will lose towers, the idea is just to be able to rebuild them quickly. Use Arthas and the felhounds to rebuild whenever possible. At 5 minutes you will probably lose a few felhounds, but that is alright; just make sure your infernals remain right next to Kel'Thuzad and that your land mines get planted. Use Arthas animate dead to help out on defense. If he runs low on mana run him to the fountain of mana south of Kel'Thuzad. At 3 minutes rebuild all your towers one last time. Spend the rest of the time before the last attack repairing them up. After this spam any remaining resources you have to get as many units as possible from your three structures (Crypt, slaughterhouse, temple of the damned). Spam necromancers from the temple, abominations from the slaughterhouse, and fiends from the crypt. The idea here is just to have as many units near Kel'Thuzad as possible for the last attack. Just use the rest of your resources and make a permanent save at 2 minutes remaining. Replenish Arthas mana. At 1:30 remaining, every base attacks with everything at once. Do not even worry about trying to stop it because you wont; you just need to survive until the timer runs out. Keep Arthas and all units back right in front of Kel'Thuzad until your spirit towers are dropped. Once they are dropped make a second save file here. As long as you make it to 30 seconds with your towers you should be able to keep Kel'Thuzad alive for the rest of the time. If you had 15-20 towers at each entrance this wont be much of a problem. Anyway if they do make it past your towers wait for them to cross your land mines and then after they have send all units to that entrance to defend. If more than one entrance is breached keep all units just in front of Kel'Thuzad. Once some units die (either theirs or yours, doesn't matter), use Arthas animate dead and just cramp all the units into Kel'Thuzad (this is just to stop melee). If you get to this point and still getting attacked move Arthas as far south as you can to death coil Kel'Thuzad as he takes damage. If you had a solid number of towers at each entrance it should not get this far, but this is just in case. If Kel'Thuzad ends up dying just reload and try again. The tactic will be the same, but you can try moving acolytes around to draw fire or sending just a couple units out in front of your spirit towers to slow them down. This really is just a failproof method if Kel'Thuzad dies which he should not come even close to as long as you have most of your towers at each entrance, the mines set down, and your infernals and Arthas back near Kel'Thuzad. Either way once the clock runs down the mission and undead campaign are over. ================================================ VII. Orc Campaign: The Invasion of Kalimdor (ROCWOX) ================================================ In general, the Orc Campaign is a nice break from the Human and Undead campaigns; much more relaxed overall in both the mission content and the lore. You will complete a couple new unique missions which I won't spoil at this time. None of the missions are horribly difficult and it just has a real easy going feel to it. ================================= a. Chapter one: Landfall (ROCWO1) ================================= Main Quests: +Rally the Horde -Discover where the other ships have landed -Thrall must survive After playing as the Orcs in the prologue campaign, you once again take control of the faction and Thrall. Most naturally, DO start by hotkeying your units with Thrall. It will be pretty weird getting used to not being able to heal your units with a hero, so macro is ever more crucial here than before. Fortunately, the orc units in general are more enduring. Start by busting the crates to your right open to reveal a potion of mana. Head north up the path to come across a small group of murlocs. Use Thralls chain lightning on the larger one once and then let your units take care of the rest. Thralls mana only allows for two chain lightnings to be cast in a row (it has a much higher mana cost than the heals in previous campaigns), so you will certainly want to use it sparingly. Continue up the path to the fork and head left to find another group of murlocs. Use chain lightning once again and after killing them off grab the healings wards that drop. Head back out the path and take the right path at the fork this time. Break the crates for a scroll of protection. Continue north past the burning buildings and take the curve left at the end to see a tauren getting fought by centaurs. Chain lightning the centaurs then drop them as normal. Head back down the path to the burning buildings and take the southeast path out. Take the path immediately to your right and follow it to come across some more mobs. Use chain lightning one time again and drop them as usual. Keep an eye on grunt health now as they will probably be getting somewhat low. After the fight is a good time to use a healing ward, unless you have not taken much damage. Place it down and gather everyone around it. Grab the additional healing wards dropped from the mobs you just killed. Take the path right from here and south. Keep going south through the open area down the path with the torches to come across some more mobs. Use chain lightning twice this time (use the potion of mana you grabbed at the start if needed). After they are dead grab another potion of mana and move slightly south to get a couple more troll headhunters. Head back up the path you came in on and make a right at the front. Follow the path east to witness another fight with a tauren. Kill the creeps, use a chain lightning on them (if you need mana use a potion), and watch your grunt health closely again. After the fight use another healing ward if needed (both grunts below 50%). Follow the path south from here, heading east along the water line to come across a few more murlocs. Just one chain lightning again. Head back out to where you killed the creeps attacking the tauren and head right to find another grunt and two more headhunters. Take the path to the north, and at the fork (yes its like the 47th one so far) make a right. Head north and kill the harpies for a scroll of the beast (if you need space I would use your last healing ward, assuming you have units that need healing. Otherwise you can use a potion of mana, but I wouldn't recommend it unless you have very low mana). Now head back out and make a left this time. Kill the thunder lizard directly north of you for another potion of mana (if you are full on inventory, burn a potion of mana this time.) Continue left afterward, up the ramp to the north to come across some more centaurs. These are ranged so your trolls may wind up getting damaged, in which case micro them immediately. Use a chain lightning and continue forward as normal. Follow this path as it curves right and shortly after you will come across a fountain of health guarded by some centaurs. Keep your grunts in healing range of the fountain (make sure they have the green glow on them) and kill the centaurs. Afterward Thrall should be leveled so learn his feral spirit. I do not recommend far sight as it has no real combat value (except for detecting invisibles which can really only passively remain undeteceted, this isn't starcraft after all). The wolves are also a nice addition to your group and makes Thrall's solo capabilities much more adept, and at the final rank they can do all the scouting you would use far sight for anyway. Pointless rambling aside, heal your units up and continue heading east down the path. At the end make a quick north (yes, a quick north) and kill the harpies here. It is best if they are attacking Thrall as the grunts cant reach them, and they will want to attack the headhunters. After they are dead head south till you reach the water, then take a path that heads north just right or where you came from. There are some murlocs in this small area which drop a manual of health for Thrall. After this follow the water line all the way south. You will grab another few units and fight some centaurs straight after. Start summoning Thralls wolves as your primary spell and have them get attacked as much as possible. After the centaurs are dead a cut-scene occurs. After the scene if no one has died you will have too many units for one group, so segregate the grunts and headhunters into separate groups. You don't need to keep up the Cairne; he will stay in the village until you reach him. Once you are with Cairne in the village the attack commences. Use the rest of your healing wards this fight; keep them around your grunts. Keep one up all the time and fight near it to assist. There are four waves. The first two are easy, the last two are a little heavier. For the third one use your scroll of protection if you still have it, and use scroll of healing if healing is needed. Otherwise just macro to the healing ward. For the fourth wave use your scroll of the beast, focus all units on the champion, and at this point use your chain lightning if you have mana. For the other waves just use spirit wolves. If you have any more potions of mana use them all as needed. Once this last wave is cleared out the mission is over. ======================================= b. Chapter two: The Long March (ROCWO2) ======================================= Main Quests: +Three Oases -Lead the caravan to the first oasis -Lead the caravan to the second oasis -Lead the caravan to the third oasis -Thrall, Cairne, and the caravan must survive Another no-base mission. You must protect the caravan (the four kudos under Cairnes control). At least two (on hard, may be different on normal) must survive but obviously it is more beneficial to let all of them survive, if possible that is. You will get attacked regularly so exploring must be done carefully, and it is safe to save anytime before leaving the caravan. This mission can get very tedious, particularly on hard difficulty and it is not easy to grab the items in this area as the caravan always gets attacked. Also the taurens, which are the biggest part of caravan defense, pretty much NEVER heal except when briefly coming into range of the oasis, so that is up to you but chances are most of them will die through the mission. However as far as finishing the mission and grabbing all items I wrote out exactly how I did it and to my knowledge is the most effective way to get it done. With that said at the start of the mission hotkey your grunts and headhunters with Thrall and head left down the path. You will intercept a group of centaurs right off the bat, so take care of them and continue on. Once the path curves north kill any centaurs out in front here, and down the path to the left are two centaur, but leave them be for now. Stay ahead of the caravan, intercepting all attacks from the front. Let Cairne and the tauren take care of the attacks from behind. Stay well ahead of the caravan so it keeps moving to the oasis before tauren get low on health and die off. Keep your spirit wolves ahead of your attack group, and your attack group ahead of the caravan. Micro CONSTANTLY as your units can die quicker than you can realize. If a unit gets real low on health I suggest just ordering them to follow the first kodo of the caravan (just right click on it) and removing it from the hotkey group. You can heal it when you get to the oasis and following the first kodo is the safest place to be (cairne and tauren will intercept attacks from the back, and you will be intercepting on the front). Anyway move quickly up the path, then as it curves right follow it all the way northwest. Along the way, about halfway between the curve and the oasis, on the north are some more centaur, so take care of them on the way up. To get to the oasis hug the south side of the path and head around the right side of the fountain. The idea here is to avoid attacks for units that are probably real low on health. If you got here quickly all four taurens should still be alive. Save the game once here and add the grunts to your group. The caravan should be fine under the protection of the healing fountain, so now you can go back and take care of other centaur. Just keep an eye on cairne and the tauren occasionally. Anyway Thrall should have leveled by now or be close, so grab either chain lightning or spirit wolves. This really comes down to preference and I can't call one better than the other. Chain lightning is an excellent multi-target spell in its higher levels, but uses a lot of mana. Spirit wolves are pretty cheap on mana and at later levels can easily hold their own against weaker ground units. I went with the wolves mostly for mana reasons, and also because in final level the wolves make great punching bags for combat or defense in later missions. They also make Thrall a very versatile solo hero, as the wolves pack a very hard punch with their critical strike ability and thrall can do high damage at safe range. Heal up your units at the fountain and once healed head back down the path you came in on back to the curve. Where it curves south there is a path heading northwest. Send your spirit wolves in, then your attack group thereafter. Focus the centaur nearest to you down here one at a time, then take care of the higher level back in the base. Grab the scroll of healing and destroy the crates to the left for a potion of mana. Now, if any units are below half health deselect them and send them back to the oasis. Watch out for attacks from the back on the way. After that send the rest of your units directly south to find another couple centaur. Defeat them then head back to the caravan. Heal your units all the way up. If cairne and the tauren wandered away from the fountain, now is the best place to use your scroll of healing. Before continuing, send Thrall and your attack group out northwest and take the first right. Kill the murlocs here and destroy the huts for a potion of mana and ancient figurine +1. Head back out and now send thrall and the grunts/trolls down the path to the west, and at the curve kill the centaur near the tunnel north of the curve. Destroy the crates on the left for a potion of mana. Continue south and around the curve till it heads back north. Kill the centaur here, then quickly continue north. Kill off the centaur along the north side of the path, then continue east to find a shop and some raiders. Load up every slot on your inventory with scrolls of healing and mana potions. Use the scrolls of healing around the taurens, and potions of mana on Thrall obviously. You will need a lot of mana as you continue hammering chain lightning to drop units quick. Burn all your scrolls on the taurens as they likely need health, then head north of the shop and right to find some harpies. Drop them with the raiders ensnare and kill them, then just make a straight bee-line to the oasis. Once here some catapults will emerge from the trees. Keep them following one of the middle kudos. Once at the oasis save and set up your catapults behind the fountain of health, and hotkey thrall separate from the rest of your attack group. Make sure EVERY CATAPULT SURVIVES. You will need them. The next part you will do with only Thrall while the rest of your group protects the caravan (best way to do it from what I see). Use up all of Thralls group items (scrolls, wards, etc) here to heal up or protect cairne and any remaining tauren. Your drill with protecting the caravan is select your regular units and send them out to defend anytime the caravan falls under attack, and then order your catapults to attack. Micro back units with low health to the fountain. The attacks are fairly weak but frequent while you are here so just make sure your units are taking the damage and not taurens or the caravan. They will all attack from the south here. Between each attack replenish your health completely. As for Thrall, send him back to the shop and load him up with mana and healing potions; two and two should be good. After this head down the path to the left till it curves south, and here at the curve are some thunder lizards in the corner. You may consider waiting till just after an attack to use thrall so you aren't trying to split your focus. Summon your spirit wolves, send them in to attack the level 6, and send thrall in after and focus him on the level 6 as well. Spam chain lightning as often as it is up, and mana potions as often as you need. If you get low on health use a potion. Grab the claws of attack +3 after the lizards are dead. This next group does not drop any passive items, just a greater potion of mana and scroll of healing, so you can skip if you want. Reload thrall at the shop as needed, make sure he is fully healed up, and then head back left slightly but this time head through the opening to the north of the path here. Summon and send in your wolves, and thrall after, just as before. This group may take a couple attempts. The first time you head in spam chain lightning and drop a sorcerer, then retreat if you are getting killed. If you don't have a bunch of gold left send Thrall back to the fountain of healing to replenish. Afterward grab more mana potions with any gold you have (you will be getting it regularly as you defend against centaurs. You can pretty much do it forever as long as your catapults are not getting wrecked). Get more mana potions as you can and head back into the same area. Your goal this time is the rest of the group (1 more sorcerer and a few lessers). Spam chain lightning on the sorcerer and focus the wolves on him, and once he dies the rest of the lesser should be just about done with as well. If you need to you can head back to the fountain of health to replenish and return, but otherwise just take them out and grab the potion of greater mana, and destroy the north hut for the scroll of healing. After this is done send thrall back to the caravan to replenish his health. Now that Thrall is back here use his spirit wolves to assist in defense. Your last group to kill are the harpiest just south of the fountain of health. If you still have a good amount of units, you can attack them full on and use the raiders ensnare to bring them to the ground for the catapults. Otherwise, the easiest thing to do is just use Thrall to pick them off one by one. Start with the two level 1s, then the level 3, then the 5, then the 6. Run back to the shop to get more mana/healing potions if needed to help here. The level 5 can be very annoying due to the heal, so its best to have a mana potion or full mana to use chain lightnings to help drop her. After this all that is left is the level 6 which is a pretty easy solo, just drop her as regular and grab the totem of might +1. I suggest saving constantly for the end part here. Heal up and add the raiders to group 1 once again. Move down the path to the left, and follow it north. Proceed cautiously through here, as there are watch towers. When they are in range, you will need to drop them with your catapults and attack the centaur that come to defend. You may want to leave your raiders at the back of the caravan to pick up centaur attackers if the caravan is weak, otherwise they will head right for the kudos and kill them quick. Use your spirit wolves to draw fire and thrall to attack at range. Once defending centaur are down head back to the caravan, defeat any attackers, and retreat back to the oasis to heal up again. Routine attacks only happen from the back now, but make sure to intercept them while you are at the fountain, otherwise they will pass right by to the caravan. Using your catapults, clear all the watch towers here at safe range, then head north, take out the one on the north side of the path, and follow the path left. Once you have cleared everything up till but not including the watch tower to the left of the path after it curves south, have Thrall drop two spirit wolves and run thrall and your raiders back to the caravan. The computer was only sending two centaur at me from the back about every 30 seconds, and the spirit wolves could take care of them alone if you have rank 2. If so just let the wolves handle it, otherwise you will need to bring back thrall or raiders to defend against attacks. Anyway hit the watch tower on the left of the path once to draw out a centaur, and take him out. Next there is a tower south of here guarded by two centaur. I suggest sending thrall in first to draw centaur and tower fire (he wont take much damage) and assigning the catapult after. Remember at all times to keep spirit wolves in the back of the caravan to defend against the routine two attackers. After this tower and two centaur are dead, you have one final group of centaur to kill. It consists of about 5 lessers. When ready head left with thrall and any remaining units and just attack them as regular. Thrall can pretty much solo them if you are dry, but you cannot use spirit wolves (those need to stay in back to defend). Use any remaining mana potions or healing abilities (scrolls, wards, anything) on this fight. After it is over summon one final group of spirit wolves to the back of the caravan and run thrall over to the last oasis. Wait up for the caravan (make sure not to let any other centaurs through) to finish the damn mission. It is not unusual to loose pretty much everything by the end of the mission. After completing it I had a half health thrall, cairne, and two kudos; one of which was at about 15% health. Between the endless attacks and lack of healing capabilities, death is fairly common, which is a primary reason rank 2 spirit wolves help a lot. ============================================= c. Chapter three: Cry of the Warsong (ROCWO3) ============================================= Main quests +Establish a Base -Build a Great Hall -Thrall must survive +Secure Zeppelins -Destroy all hostile units at the Laboratory -Return two Goblin Zepplins to your base Optional quests +Pacify Humans -Destroy all the Human bases. You start the mission just outside of combat where Hellscream and his team and dropping a human base. Take your offensive units and focus down the town hall first, then build a great hall in its place. After the fighting subsides order your other peons onto three additional buildings: a barracks wherever, a war mill next to the southern forest, and a burrow north of the great hall. While these are building observe the numerous paths out of your base; take the far left one and follow it north until you see a small yellow patch of land to your right with some trees and a couple razormane scouts on the right side. Take them out for a little extra gold, then head slightly more north to kill a couple thunder lizards. Remember to use your wolves to take as much damage as possible. After this is done reassign the first two peons who finish their structures to each build one additional burrow. Once the last one finishes, have him help finish the great hall or if that is done have him start on gold. Once the burrows are up start training more peons; you want 12 total so train 8 more. Just south of the small patch where the razormane scouts were is where you will build your watch towers. You will be attacked immediately after hellscream attacks each human base (total of four), so observe this as a warning and be ready for the attack. Once you have 3 peons on gold pull the next one out to start building watch towers. You will want 12. As for the rest of the peons, assign every other one that gets trained to lumber, then once you have 5 on gold assign the rest to lumber. Have the last one out start helping build watch towers up north, as this needs to get assembled quickly. Keep thrall up here with your units to defend attacks until watch towers come out. You may get attacked before they are out and wind up losing a good portion of your attackers (yeah, it sucks without healing abilities) but fortunately thralls spirit wolves help quite a bit. Don't overuse chain lightning as it will burn mana. Once you defend the first attack of humans (focus down the archmage first in this group), you should have some towers up by the time you get attacked again. Shift command your peons to assemble two rows of six each. Keep Thrall in front as they are getting built and summon spirit wolves during attacks. Use chain lightning sparingly. Once the peons have all the watch towers on their work que, get the spiked barricades upgrade from your war mill, and the pillage upgrade from the great hall. Commit all resources to defense for now. Once Thrall defends the first attack he will probably upgrade, so grab the second rank of chain lightning or spirit wolves: whichever you still need. Thrall levels up twice this mission and for the next level, I got the last rank of spirit wolves. They help a lot for scouting and defense so that is what I will recommend. Once hellscream attacks another base be on the lookout for mortar teams for the second attack. When you spot them use your wolves and any mana you have for chain lightning to bring them down quick as you are probably still building watch towers and cant afford to lose any defense. If the peons current building is being attacked, cancel his que and assign him to repair till the attack is cleared out. Then resume building. Focus all energy on getting your watch towers up after the second attack and make sure if you have spare resources, they are being used to build towers. If you are behind on towers and have a ton of gold pull another off the gold mine to help build towers; if you have a lot of lumber pull one from there. You can only have 5 on the gold mine, but if you find yourself with a ton of gold and shortage of lumber I suggest moving some peons over to lumber temporarily. Once Hellscream attacks the third base there is a good chance you will get attacked by two bases simultaneously, and that takes a good chunk of watch towers to defend. Once you have 8 watch towers you can reassign all but the original two peons up here back to resources, and once all towers are built, leave one up here for repair. Keep 5 peons on gold and the rest on lumber. After you have your 12 watch towers up, upgrade your great hall to a stronghold and start getting regular war mill upgrades, and pull a peon to build 5 more burrows. As resources allow pull another peon to build a beastiary (granted the stronghold is complete). Once the stronghold is complete get the troll regeneration upgrade from the barracks, and the raiders ensnare upgrade from the beastiary. I also suggest building a second barracks. After this that is it for upgrades and structures and you can start building an attack group. Train 9 grunts, 10 troll headhunters, 3 catapults, 5 raiders, and a kodo beast. With 12 peons this puts you at exactly 90. Save up a few resources before crossing upkeep if you want to assemble the group faster. While waiting you can use Thralls wolves (rank 3) to scout out human bases since they are invisible. We will of course be destroying all human bases; it just makes going after the observatory so much more peaceful. Just defend routinely while assembling your group and screw with the wolves as you please. Be advised, blue has sentry towers. Don't worry about pulling peons from gold at high upkeep; just make sure you have enough gold to build the remainder of your force before crossing into it. I would rally your units to just behind the watch towers in case they need to help kill mortar teams. The humans almost always attack this route anyway, unless they decide to attack hellscream. But nobody cares about that. Once your group is full, hotkey group 1 grunts and Thrall, group 2 raiders, group 3 headhunters and kodo beast, and group 4 catapults. After that, ride out with Hellscream. Ride out and meet them. Just follow hellscream in to whatever base he is attacking (except the first one) and attack into the base in regular sequence: group 1, then 2, then 3...sorry if I bore you...but seriously, after that is definitely group 4 and must be ordered in as well. The first base you will attack is light blue, just to the left of your base here. This base is pretty weak so just head in and clean it out. Build a great hall here and once your gold mine collapses, start harvesting this one. After this base then follow hellscream into the green and grey bases on the right side of the map. Ignore if he attacks blue. All bases except blue are not terribly strong, but they are guarded by a couple watch towers in front. I recommend saving blue for last; you don't want to be spending forever beating down this base while you are getting attacked by others. Get the raiders and catapults on those watch towers. Otherwise let your units hit whatever they get their hands on. Raiders are the most likely to die so keep an eye on them. Once you are established inside any base replenish your units. Once most of the base is cleaned out you can retreat your catapults and just use grunts and raiders to attack for resources from pillaging. Keep an eye on your newly built great hall, as it can be attacked by blue from time to time. My suggestion is to keep a unit on the top area of the base to kite attacks from blue to your watch towers. Once the bases functionality is cleared out from whichever base you are currently attacking send thrall back to your base to defend against attackers. If a base sends two or three mortar teams at you without any units down to take them out, they can wipe out the entire defense grid in a couple minutes so be prepared for that. You can just forego your defense and keep your attack group replenished to fight solely on offense, but that can get a little chaotic so I just suggest leaving a defense. Anyway once one base is down replenish lost forces and wait on Groms next attack. Follow Grom in once again with your attack group and repeat the process for the next base. After destroying the first three bases you probably lost a good chunk of your attack group, but that is alright. If you fall into no upkeep just save gold while you roll through the attack as usual. Be ready to run back to defend with Thrall though. You will only be defending against one outside base at this point though so odds of being attacked decrease quite a bit. Anyway with just blue remaining I suggest counterattacking. Save up gold while remaining in whichever upkeep you fell into from last attack and rebuild your attack force at once. Same thing. Keep an eye on where you are harvesting gold in the lower left again. You need only worry about blue at this point so you should be able to rebuild relatively in peace. Just watch out for attacks with the archmage; focus him down whenever he shows up. If they go after your newly build great hall, once again kite them over to your defense towers. Keep attacking them and slowly running over to draw them in range. Once your force is rebuilt it is time to attack blue. Wait for them to attack you and then quickly run over and attack them. The archmage should still be dead so make destroying the altar of kings a priority. Order your catapults on the watch towers in front first, then on to the altar. Fighting against a blizzard is not fun. After that shift command them onto the barracks. Let your other units take care of the stray defenders around here. After the barracks is down focus down the town hall, and from here just kill whatever you please. Now send a peon to build a third great hall in any base that you have already leveled while you are still cleaning out this base. Train more peons to harvest this one as well. This is just to quickly rebuild for the last part of the mission. You don't need an enormous army so the ability to quickly build units is more efficient and really makes sense since you no longer need to defend. Before you head into the pass, take the path that heads out of blues base to the southwest. A short ways down are a group of centaur; kill them and the sorcerer will drop a potion of greater mana and a tome of intelligence. Now back to blues base, take whats left of your attack group up the path to the northwest of the base. All that is in this pass are two groups of centaur, and a group of harpies at the end. Just bring whatever is left of your attack force and as catapults and raiders die off, replace them with headhunters or grunts; about even numbers. Rally them to blues base. If you still have high upkeep you probably wont need it though. First group is usual attack whatever suits you this evening and grab the potion of healing from it, second group focus on the level 8 with the aura around him, and after he dies he will resurrect, so kill him again. Grab the gauntlets of ogre strength +3 and scroll of healing if you have room. The last group down the path to the right are the harpies, who dies fast as all hell but can suck in all their airborneness. Ensnare them with raiders if you have them; otherwise its mostly up to thrall and headhunters. You can train more if needed, but you don't need a ton as long as thrall has mana. Use that greater mana potion now and spam chain lightning; they will drop quick. Kill the level 6 first, then focus on the lesser. After they drop clear a spot for the very nice circlet of nobility +2, purchase the two zeppelins, and roll them back to your base to complete the mission. ================================================== d. Chapter four: The Spirits of Ashenvale (ROCWO4) ================================================== Main quests +Slash and Burn -Amass 15,000 units of lumber Optional quests +Destroy the Trees of Life -Destroy the Trees of Life +Furbolg Chieftain -Slay the Furbolg Chieftain -Return to Neeloc Greedyfingers for your reward All you need to do for this mission is amass 15,000 lumber. No problem right? Fortunately there are a couple methods of assisting you in accumulating this enormous pile of wood. Defense is not really critical and having a group of attacking units is fairly sufficient for defending against the newly introduced night elves. Just build a few watch towers next to the gold mine up north, but for the most part you will be on the move. First off, take note that your base has no gold mine. Your peons are already clearing the northwest portion of the forest which will clear a path out of here to the gold mine you need. Once some trees drop head through the clearing to get greeted by a couple night elf archers and a huntress. Kill them however, and be sure to take advantage of hellscreams windwalk as much as possible. Continue north and you will come across the gold mine guarded by two archers. Kill them and pull a peon to build a great hall. Select the stronghold in your base, train four peons and rally them here. In another short minute you will be attacked by a couple air units. Use the raiders ensnare to drop them down quickly and use wind walk once more. Once the great hall is assembled and you are collecting gold, train any raiders you need to get a total of four, a kodo beast, and then train grunts up to 40 food. Get the spiked barricades upgrade from the war mill, and while training build a few watch towers near this great hall (mostly to keep attention off the peons if you are away from your base). I just build a brick of four. Pull a peon from lumber for this; we do not need to worry much about lumber harvesting just yet as getting lumber will come much easier once we start exploring this area. You will be receiving some light attacks while working on these tasks, but nothing too serious. If blue attacks and heads for your main base, kite them to your watch towers if they are out of range of them. Once units are training and towers building, start getting the steel melee weapons and the armor upgrade from the warmill. Also grab the pillage upgrade from the stronghold. In your spare time head slightly east of your gold mining outpost to come across a goblin shop and receive the first optional quest we will do. Once you have all the raiders and grunts you can get in the 40 food range (should be 3-4 of each) and your kodo beast, attack the furbolgs for the optional quest. They are located in the revealed area of the map in the middle on the far west side. Just attack to them, there is nothing in the way. There are 4 level 4's and a level 6 with very decent damage who will rip your raiders apart in the first section. Agro the group, pull them out of the area to the right a little bit, and focus the level 6 down first. Use hellscreams windwalk constantly to drop him quickly. Try to make sure hellscream or grunts get attacked by the level 6, not your raiders. If your base falls under attack run back to defend real quick if necessary. Make sure your peon is automatically repairing your towers. Once the first group of furbolgs is down hellscream should be leveled or close, and I suggest the second rank of windwalk. The other alternative would be critical strike but I consider wind walk just a little better. These two abilities really go hand and hand though so getting critical strike isn't a bad choice. I wouldn't recommend mirror image solely for purpose of mana; I prefer to see all mana committed to windwalk. It makes soloing with the blademaster great but we don't need to do much of that. Now for the second group of furbolgs. If you want to regenerate some of hellscreams mana that's not a bad idea. There are two level 4s and a level 8 chieftain. Focus the chieftain down first and then the level 4s after. Again with the windwalk. Once they are dead collect the health stone and head back to the goblin shop for a couple shredders. These will make work of the forest in a hurry. Now with the furbolgs dead you probably lost a few units and have a stockpile of gold. Replenish your group, but fill it this time. If your raiders are dying way too fast you can skip them once you have headhunters. You will be in low upkeep from the shredders anyway (4 food each). Stick with three raiders and the kodo beast, and get grunts for the rest. Get upgrades going again, second rank of melee weapons and armor and first rank of ranged. Also grab the troll regeneration ability from the barracks. Once group one is filled train headhunters for group 2 to up to 70 food and assign a peon to build two more burrows. Just pull one from lumber. Compared to the shredders they are pretty silly to have on lumber anyway. While training send a peon north of the goblin shop and build a war mill right next to the forest here for your shredders to return lumber to. Be on guard for more attacks now; they will be a little heavier and contain ballistas (night elf siege unit). Use your attack group against them but make sure they are in range of all your watch towers. Your gold mine will be running low but you should still have a fair sum of gold and we will grab another gold mine shortly. Once Grom defends an attack or two he will hit level six. Get the awesome bladestorm. Once he has this defense is a breeze; just blow this and ride through the group of night elves. Don't auto attack with it, all you want to do is just run around bladestorming everything. Once your gold mine is about to collapse is has already collapsed, send group one down the southwest path from your gold mine outpost (where blue attacks from). Head due south just after heading down the path and follow it down to the small blue outpost with some units, a couple moonwells and a tree of life. Kill the units but forego this tree, just for now. From here head west to see a group of trolls. Kill them and destroy the huts, pick up the potion of greater healing and the crystal ball, and bring all five of your peons that were on the last gold mine down here. Build a new great hall for harvesting. As you can see this gold mine will not be going anywhere. NOW head back east and chop down that tree of life. Once it drops you get 3000 lumber. There are more of these, but we really don't need them as they are all part of a solid night elf base and its quicker and easier just to harvest lumber directly. At this point build another war mill closer to the treeline where shredders are harvesting, and build more shredders if you want. Now keep all your units down here to defend against attacks from blue, and it's a good idea to build four watch towers again to assist in defense, but these are best built in a straight horizontal line just above the great hall. Your other outpost does not need to be defended anymore but its still a good idea to leave it there for attacks from teal, as if they bypass this they will probably head to your main base. For defense just split groups one and two into equal groupings of grunts/headhunters for each outpost, and use hellscream wherever the attack is. With windwalk he moves fast and can get to a base being attacked quickly. If towers do get destroyed at your first outpost they can be rebuilt in a straight vertical line, as blue will no longer attack this base. If you haven't already you should be real close to hitting the 15000 lumber you need. For the remainder of the mission just defend against blue down south, teal up in the middle, and rebuild war mills closer to the tree line as needed. If you have spare resources you can use them on watch towers, but the night elves do not threaten them too bad. Once you hit 15000 the mission ends. =============================================== e. Chapter five: The Hunter of Shadows (ROCWO5) =============================================== Main Quests +The Chaos Well -Discover the source of power -Destroy the Satyrs guarding the pool +Cenarius -Slay Cenarius Right off the bat you have four bases, but the three on the west side of the river will be cleaned out by Cenarius so your main base is in the southeast. You also have the 15000 lumber from last mission so this poses no problem for lumber. You will be busy at the start of the mission. Right off the bat train 3 more peons, grab the two harvesting lumber from the southwest base and bring them to harvest gold at the main base, and pull both of the peons off the gold mine. Order each to assemble 2 watch towers at each entrance to your base: southwest where the river comes in, and same on the northwest. Lumber is not much of an issue obviously. Do nothing but build towers for now. For the west, build 12 watch towers vertically in front of the tower already assembled. For the north, build 12 watch towers, again, in front of the ledge with the two already assembled towers. Once your peon on each entrance starts building a third watch tower or when you have resources, pull a peon off gold to assemble a fourth one. You do not have time to wait for the one peon at either entrance to try to complete a bunch of towers. Anyway your goal is four new towers at each entrance for this attack. Once your other bases are gone you will get attacked at both entrances simultaneously. When the last base is almost cleared out save your game and load the burrow at each entrance with ALL your peons. You should have 7 total peons for 4 on the north burrow, and 3 on the south. Trust me, you will need the firepower. Finish up any watch towers you have but if you already have four at an entrance don't build anymore; you wont have time. Roll peons into the burrows as they complete their tasks (once you have resources allow the gold harvesters plenty of time to get to a burrow). Occupy the one on the south end of the path for each entrance. Send your regular units just in front of the south towers and keep hellscream on the north side. Once the attack occurs, get hellscream into the middle of the north attack and use bladestorm. Run around and get into the middle of the ground units as much as possible. Once hes done with this order your watch towers up here to focus the chimeras (big two headed flying units that spit acid) as they rip your towers apart. Once the south attack is cleaned out roll and surviving units up here and order them onto the chimeras as well. The attack is a pain which is why I suggested to save your game. If your defense gets cleaned out reload and move your units around or try to be more effective with hellscreams bladestorm. This really is the wildcard here and a properly used bladestorm will wipe out the night elves entire ground force. Regardless after the attack reorder 5 peons onto the gold mine, order one to build a great hall near the gold mine on the north side of the base, and order the last one to repair and rebuild any of the towers that were destroyed at either side. If any on the ledge got destroyed just leave them and build like regular in front. Train five more peons as gold comes in, and build more watch towers until the great hall up north completes. Rally the peons to the north gold mine, and keep one peon at each entrance building towers. Keep hellscream between the entrances to defend an attack from either side. If a side does get attacked head up and bladestorm it out if it is decently sized; otherwise just save it for next attack. The first few attacks from the standard bases are nothing compared to teals massive initial attack so you are probably good just defending as usual. Once the great hall is completed you will have very good income and can start hammering out upgrades while the peon on each side assembles watch towers. There is no huge hurry to get these up so one peon is enough for now. Just be careful, again, during attacks when they are building to not let the tower under construction be destroyed before you can cancel it. For upgrades, grab the ensnare and war drums from the beastiary, upgrade all weapon and damage from the war mill, and also get the adept training for shamans and witch doctors, berserker strength for grunts and troll regeneration from the barracks. Also grab the spiked barricades as usual, and pillage from the great hall. There aren't many melee night elf units but its still a pretty cheap upgrade and good to have in the case that night elves do send melees. Since you are doubled up on gold mines and have a ton of lumber you can start training your attack group while upgrading. You will want 11 grunts, 6 headhunters, 2 catapults, 4 raiders, 1 kodo beast, 2 shamans and 2 witch doctors. With 12 peons this will put you right around 90. Get your barracks units training as soon as possible as you have a lot coming out of here. A second one is not entirely necessary if you start training early but if you have a ton of gold to spend get a second one by all means. Just keep the upgrades going and get the master training for each caster once the adept one is complete. You should have more than enough resources to stay on top of these. Crossing into low upkeep is of little concern since you have so much income, so just train away. Slow down once coming up on high upkeep however and save gold before crossing as usual; 2500 gold should be more than enough regardless of what you need to train. It shouldn't take long to get the necessary gold since you are getting double but high upkeep doesn't give much more than low upkeep so hang out here until you are saved up. Once you hit high upkeep pull your peons off of each mine. You will continue getting routinely attacked but the only real threat you should have are the chimeras with their siege attack. Focus down ballistas too of course, but chimeras take priority for watch towers. Grom will level up after some routine defense and I suggest the final rank of windwalk. Occasionally the night elves will attack with an ancient protector which, im not going to lie, is pretty damn funny. Continue defending routinely and upgrading/training units until you have your whole force. There isn't much more to be said for this; the attacks are not very serious and easily defended by your 12 watch towers on each end. Just keep the towers repaired and replaced as need be. Once your group is trained hotkey them up: grunts and hellscream in group 1, raiders, kodo beast and headhunters in group 2, casters in group 3, and catapults in 4. Save and head out the north path of your base, just to the left of the top gold mine. Follow this path all the way straight north till you reach the runes, and use your catapults to drop the trees here. You will come across a few wolves on the way but that's no problem for your force. If your base falls under attack your towers should be able to handle it, just make sure the ballistas come in range of your watch towers. If not use hellscreams wind walk and just run back real quick to defend it. He rolls down their quick with windwalk up. After the trees are down head through, group 1 first and groups in sequence thereafter. Make sure your shamans bloodlust is on auto-cast, and move through this area killing all the furbolgs. They give gold too in case you need it for repairs. Drop healing wards with your witch doctors around your units to help with healing and also use micro as needed. Clear the area and pick up the anti-magic potion and claws of attack +9. Head left across the river to come across some satyrs. Use hellscreams wind walk to deal some heavy damage to them, and again drop a healing ward on the front lines. On the other side head southwest to the riverbed to come across more satyrs; deal with them in the same manner as before. Pick up the greater potion of healing. At this point you are a long way from home so if you get attacked some more wait for your watch towers to clean out regular units and order all 12 of your peons to attack the ballistas after that. This is actually more effective than it sounds... Anyway continue down the path left and then north to come across more satyrs. Kill the level 9 first, then the lesser. Continue forward for MORE satyrs. Drop another healing ward and kill them as you please. Head right to discover a fountain of health. Heal up then continue down the path right as it curves north to discover the pool guarded by more satyrs. Defeat them; if you have not used hellscreams bladestorm yet this is as good a spot as any. Kill them and grab hellscream the ring of protection +3, and watch the cut-scene. After the scene run all the way back to your base, and refresh your group as needed. If you need more gold order your peons back on to gold, regardless of upkeep. Leave them on gold now. Refresh your defense grid as needed as well. You shouldn't have lost too many units so once you are full up once again save and head out the southwest path of your base toward night elf's light blue camp. Notice your shamans are now chaos warlocks with different spells as well. Light blue is not a huge deal; just drop a healing ward once fighting commences to keep your front line healed up. The base gets dropped fairly quick from your grunts and raiders chaos attacks. Level the base. After the base is dropped cenarius and a few units will come down to engage you. Order everyone on cenarius and use hellscreams wind walk as often as possible. With high upkeep he will drop like a rock and that will complete this mission. =========================================== f. Chapter six: Where Wyverns Dare (ROCWO6) =========================================== Main quests +Stonetalon Peak -Destroy the Human base guarding the peak +Wyverns -Find the Wyverns -Save the Wyverns from the vile Harpies Optional quests +Defiled Fountain -Kill the Centaur Khan -Return the Glyph of Purification to restore the Fountain Right at the start of the mission Thrall will be level 6, so grab the earthquake spell. Also I am going to suggest you main Cairne your main hero from here on out, as he has some outstanding melee abilities and damage and can become very powerful. If you want to stick with thrall however that is fine; just give all the better items and upgrades to him. I will still recommend all intelligence tomes go to Thrall. With that said start by training 7 more peons. Put 2 more on gold, 4 more on lumber, and use one to start building towers. Get your watch towers going as soon as the first peon comes out. Build them slightly south of the path heading north out of your base; a couple watch tower lengths to the left of the watch tower already assembled up here. Take out the thunder lizards with your heroes to the left of here to get some gold and keep them from attacking while building. Some footmen will attack soon so dispatch them by any means. Remember to use Cairnes excellent melee abilities as well. Start with war stomp and then use shockwave after that. Use Thralls chain lightning as well. Together Cairne and Thrall have very good offensive capabilities. Anyway build about 10 more towers for a solid defense, and get the spiked barricades upgrade as soon as possible, followed by the second rank. Keep Thrall and Cairne in front of the watch towers while building, as the two of them can take care of the majority of any attack group alone. Get the witch doctor you started with to plant a sentry ward further up the path to give early warning for incoming attacks; around where the path inclines up slightly is a good spot. There may be a cut-scene with the harpies after which they will attack your witch doctor, so if this happens just run him back and use thrall to take agro. You don't need to kill them yet but if you do, all for the better. Anyway run out and take care of mortar teams and whatever units you can during defense. Once most of the towers are assembled and the rest qued up, start getting the ranged weapons and armor upgrades, and the war drums upgrade from the beastiary. This is probably the only mission in the game I will suggest zerging, simply because it is much easier to do since the base is up on a cliff. Build an altar of kinds and upgrade to a fortress once that is done, and after that get the final rank of spiked barricades. Also build a beastiary once you have the resources. Use Thrall to kill off the harpies just northwest of your defense between attacks: with rank 2 chain lightning they don't have much chance. Kill the lesser first and the level 6 last. Grab the pendant of mana and give that to Thrall. Once your defense is up grab all units you have, save and head out your base and take the first left, following the path to the southwest (just to the south of where you killed the harpies). Train a couple extra grunts to take care of mortar teams. Kill the quilboars and trolls along this path, grab the health stone from the second group, and continue north. Don't worry about losing units here, as you wont be using them anyway. You will come across more quillboars to the north; kill them off and take the periapt of vitality. At this point go back to your base and make sure your ranged and armor upgrades are still rolling. Grab the last rank of barricades here too if you did not yet. After this group Thrall and Cairne should both be leveled or close, so I would grab the last rank of chain lightning, and Cairne's last rank of shockwave. At 200 damage in a cone, this is a hell of a lot of damage. Now continue up the path and right. Next group are some harpies. If thrall has a mana potion he should be fine; otherwise you will probably want some mana for this fight. 3-4 chain lightnings will drop the harpies without incident. Drop these, grab the scroll of protection, and then continue up the path to the left. The next group of harpies is weak so 2 chain lightnings will do it. Just watch out for sleeps. After this group heal up Thrall and regenerate enough mana for 3 or 4 more lightnings, then take out the last group of harpies up here. Defeat the lesser first, and save the level 5s for last. While waiting check your upgrades and make sure you are getting the final ranks of range and shields, and also grab pillage. After the harpies are down the optional objective is complete and you may now train wyverns from the beastiary. This will be our entire attack force save for one kodo beast; just mass them till you hit the food cap. Train the poisoned spears from the beastiary, then start training them. You probably have thousands of gold by now so don't worry about upkeep. Use a peon to repair the zeplin when you get a chance, get one to build 5 more burrows, and leave Thrall and Cairne up front for defense again. Build a war mill in closer to the forest to increase lumber harvesting if needed. Keep your wyverns back from the front line to avoid getting them killed and let your defense take care of any incoming attacks as usual. Once you get to around high upkeep make sure you have about 2000 gold, then pull peons off the gold mine and train the rest of your wyverns and kodo beast if still needed. You should have around 18 wyverns plus your kodo beast once you are capped out. Group your heroes and kodo beast into group 1, and wyverns in groups 2 and 3. Once you get a chance send a hero over to the defiled fountain just west of your base for another optional quest, and then send your heroes north up the path past the gold mine, and take the right fork here. Kill the centaurs, and head right to find the khan and a few other centaurs here. Now grab a group of 12 wyverns and shift order them to kill the 6 lesser centaurs in any order, followed by the khan. Right before the centaurs arrive, send Thrall and cairne in to mitigate damage as much as possible. Use war storm exclusively with cairne, and summon Thralls feral wolves and use earthquake in the area that your feral wolves draw the centaur to. Micro wyverns as needed. The centaurs all drop very quickly and the Khan drops in two attack rotations from wyverns, but he will resurrect so be ready for that. You should be able to keep all 12 wyverns alive, but if one or two died just train some more. Head back onto gold temporarily if necessary, but you shouldn't need much since you got gold from the centaurs. Anyway once the Khan has died run back to the fountain and send your wyverns back to base as well. Heal everyone up at the fountain, wait for an attack from blue and then load your heroes and kodo beast into the zeppelin. Air or ground doesn't really matter, just any attack helps thin out the base a bit. Anyway save the game and send all your wyverns and zeplin on the ledge just south of blues base. This is just north of where you just killed the centaurs. Send the wyverns in first as there are gryphon riders patrolling the south ledge. Order them to kill them by any means, send the wyverns just onto the ledge, and then unload your heroes and kodo beast as far on the south of the ledge as you can. It is very easy to control what wyverns attack as they are air, so here are your priorities. Start by attacking into the base and taking care of any units that come to defend. After that kill gryphon riders and gyrocopters first, watch towers right after that (theres just a couple), then any riflemen attacking you third. Once these units are cleaned out order your wyverns onto the gryphon aviary first (there are two of them), and workshop second. The workshop is in the northwest of the base guarded by another watch tower, so focus it down then take out the workshop. The second aviary is in the far northeast corner of the base. Once these structures are taken care of move the wyverns and heroes to the center of the base and let them attack at will. Keep an eye on Thrall and Cairne. Use Thralls earthquake once you are solidly inside the base if you want, and just get as many buildings as you can in the radius. You should clean the base out pretty quickly and relatively stress free and after the base is done with the mission is over. ===================================== g. Chapter seven: The Oracle (ROCWO7) ===================================== Main Quests +The Oracle -Seek out the Oracle -Thrall must survive +Enchanted Gemstone -Find the Enchanted Gemstone -Bring the Enchanted Gemstone to the Spectral Bridge -Cairne Bloodhoof must survive +Heart of Aszune -Find the Heart of Aszune -Return the Heart of Aszune In this quest you have both Cairne and Thrall, but they split up before entering the cavern. You will control each group at a separate time. You start out with control of Thrall. The mission also contains several outstanding items, so be prepared for a little aggravation in having to decide which wonderful items to keep. Right off the bat bust open the crate just below the gate for a potion of healing, then attack and break the gate. Your spirit wolves are your best friend in this mission, and you should make a habit of sending them in first for ANY attack. Once the gate is down summon your wolves and send them into the group of a few undead here. Send thrall in and use a chain lightning, then send in the rest of your group. Bust the crates here again for a potion of mana and scroll of healing. Continue south, take out the lone archer, and summon your spirit wolves and send them east into another attack group. Send thrall and your units in directly after, and use Thralls chain lightning once again. Use your witch doctors healing ward to heal damage as needed. Keep an eye on your raiders, as piercing attacks love to rip heavy armor apart. Micro them as needed, but be diligent about it as most attacks are ranged. Resummon your spirit wolves if needed and send them down the path east a bit more to come across another undead. Your wolves can take care of him alone. Once again I will suggest if a single unit is low on health that you leave him out of the group till he regenerates health. It is better that he be temporarily out of the group rather than dead. Once you get a few units down to low health, then its best to use your healing ward. It is not worth spending the mana for one unit. In furtherance, be sure to save often. You want to keep as many units alive as possible. With all this said, after the revenant is dead, resummon wolves and break the gate to the north of you. Once its down make sure your wolves head in first, and start picking off the undead up here. Use Thralls chain lightning as needed; I suggest no more than twice though. Once they are done give Thrall the mantle of intelligence +3 (If he needs space, use the potion of mana, or if he needs health use one of those), and now would probably be a good time to use a healing ward. More than likely, a few units have taken a beating at this point. Once you are all healed up head south from here till you get to the ramp, and resummon your wolves. Send them in first as usual, focus them and all units on one of the bigger acolyte type undeads, and then focus the remaining one right after. Use chain lightning once here. Once they are down kill off the weaker ones. After they are dead send your spirit wolves while still summoned up the path to the right to take out a couple skeleton warriors. Once that is done send Thrall and your units up this path, killing all the crates along the way. One on the left contains a level 6 wraith, so be ready to take care of that. A scroll of healing and potion of greater mana drop from these crates, and if you have any potions of healing still in your inventory I suggest losing those and grabbing these two potions. You can dump your health stone if you need space for one of these too, as 1 hit point per second is not very good for a ranged hero. Thrall probably has not been taking a lot of damage anyway so its not all that useful. Regardless, lets continue. Send your wolves up the path and bust the gate here to reveal a couple archers and a revenant. Once the gate is down send in all your units, kill these guys by any means, and bust the crates in here to reveal a tome of agility and a scroll of animate dead. This is a good scroll to have and if you still have a lot of mana (which if you haven't burned chain lightning like no other you likely still do), use a scroll of healing and place this in its spot. Also, Thrall will have probably leveled by now, but if you followed my advice on speccing you will not have a point to spend. Far sight is not available this mission. Back out on the main path, we have a powerful revenant to fight. Before charging in like a ballistic psycho, we want to pick off those weaker units with your wolves. There are two archers and 3 skeletons in here. Summon your wolves to kill the first archer just in front of the revenant, the second one near the revenant, and the skeleton warriors to the right. Resummon your wolves as many times as necessary to do this. It may take some time, but it is the safest way to go about killing this revenant without losing any units. Just be sure to keep Thrall and the rest of your units safely in back. Now, for fighting the revenant. If you dropped a health stone or potion of healing, the easiest thing to do is just to summon your wolves and send Thrall only in to assist in killing. Do not worry about using chain lightning, just save your mana. Engage the revenant so he attacks Thrall, and allow your wolves to tear up the revenant unchecked. He will drop pretty quick, and after hes down head back and use that health stone or potion you dropped, if you did. If you used them already its not too big a deal; there is a potion of greater healing just ahead. Now we need to free yet another spot for this orb of fire. I just used my second scroll of healing. Another alternative is that ancient figurine that grants 1 intelligence, but I pretty much never get rid of passives that grant stats; particularly the heroes primary attribute. You can bust these crates open up top for a potion of greater healing and potion of greater mana. Good luck finding space for those. I would just remember where they are and backtrack if you run out of mana or low on health. Ahead we have a couple more archers. Send your wolves in and deal with them by any means. Ahead is another death revenant and lesser undead. Do the same drill as before; send in your wolves to pick off the lesser. Archers first, then skeletal warriors. Just a tip for these guys; make sure your wolves are in proper position before breaking stealth. The wolves are friggin big and can easily get blocked out of attacking the target you are intending to. Once the lesser are down send in Thrall followed by all your units this time. Just keep an eye on their health and macro as needed. Unfortunately, the door to the treasure room is locked. Send your wolves up the ramp to the right. Take out the 4 lesser skeletons at the bottom of this area before that unholy skeleton rips you apart. Once they are dealt with resommon fresh wolves, send them in to attack the skeleton, and send everyone in right after. Micro any unit right after they get attacked, as this 130 dmg attack rips you apart, slow as it may be. After the fight drop a healing ward and head back out and bust the gate to your south. Send thrall and the wolves in here, bust the second gate on the right, and take out the lizards. Drop an item you are willing to part with to make room for the blood key in here and run back up to the locked door you encountered when first reaching this area. Inside head right and bust all the crates. In here we have a scroll of protection, scroll of healing, scroll of mana, and the incredibly powerful crown of kings +5, which grants 5 to all attributes. I dropped my last potion of mana to make room for this, so at this moment the only consumable I had in my inventory is the scroll of animate dead. The best thing to do with the scroll of mana is use your trolls healing ward on your units, then drop an item temporarily to pick up and use that scroll. I just left the other items, but if you feel need for that scroll of healing you can drop that ancient figurine if you still have it. 1 intelligence gives a lot of stuff but is fairly menial in the grand run. If you prefer consumables then go for it. I personally prefer passives though. Anyway head back where you defeated the skeleton warrior and bust the gate on the right side of this area. Take the way gate to reach a new area. Start by busting the gate to the south and move toward the statue in the middle of this area. After hearing what is has to say, head back out and bust the north gate. Inside are three peasants that will arm themselves as footmen, so send your wolves in first and deal with them regularly. Send your already summoned spirit wolves right till you reach an area with three gates on the north side. Behind the first gate is a taskmaster, and your wolves should be able to finish off the majority of his health. Afterward send the rest of your units in if needed to finish it off. Behind the second gate are some headhunters, so bust the gate and grab them. Now move all your units back and take thrall up to the third gate and bust the gate down. After this summon your wolves and kill the salamander that spawns here. You want to keep your units away from here because he has powerful area attacks. Once he is dead you have yet another great item to make space for, the sobi mask which regenerates mana 50% faster. NOW is a good time to drop that figurine if you still have it, but either way you definitely want this. Continue east and bust the crates along the way. There is a potion of greater mana, scroll of healing, and scroll of mana here. If your witch doctor or shaman need mana, burn the scroll, and if your units need health burn that scroll. Otherwise just leave them. I won't refer to these items again, but if you do run out of tricks and need health or mana just run back and grab any items you left behind. Slightly south of here there are some sheep that will become footmen. Take care of them and continue up the path to the right to come across the sorceresses. One chain lightning will pretty much do them in. Continue up the path, bear left, and head all the way up until you see some harpies and a dragon fighting. Just watch until the dragon dies, then send Thrall and the wolves in to finish the harpies and sludge off. Use one chain lightning and that should take care of them. Now...and yes this is WAY too aggravating...you need to make a spot for that heart, but only temporarily. Since all your passive items are probably wonderful by now, drop your scroll of animate dead and pick up the heart. Head north to the waygate, take it, and return the heart to the statue you originally came across. This completes this objective. Now send Thrall back up to where the heart dropped and retrieve your scroll. After the objective completes, you now have sight of Cairne and his three taurens. This is a little tougher since you have neither spirit wolves nor any healing abilities. But you DO have reincarnation so you can just let Cairne die whenever soloing. But we do not need to be doing that. That is simply a "just in case" maneuver. Anyway hotkey your units and start by heading south. Take out the mobs down here and pick up the scroll of healing. For fighting you want to make sure war stomp is ALWAYS on cooldown; use it constantly. That stun will buy you a lot of time. Use shockwave between stuns. Destroy the crates in the lower left as well to reveal a potion of greater mana. This is something you absolutely will need, but if you do not have a spot I suggest taking this over that scroll of healing. You can always come back to use that if needed. Head back up the path and right, and to your north you will see a rock formation blocking a chest. Destroy the rocks to engage a stronger rock golem. He is not much match for your taurens and Cairne however, so drop him and afterward use your scroll of healing (or head back if you need to). Its best to pick up this stone token and use it right away since you are probably low on space. Just be ready to move quickly with the golem, and keep him in front all the time. Anyway summon the golem, pick up any item you dropped, and head south. You will see a couple humans but only need to fight one footman, so kill him and continue south. Send the golem in first to an attack group slightly south of here, and then the rest of your units. Send Cairne around back to get into the middle of the fight, and use his war stomp. After they are dead head right and some more mobs will come out to attack. Handle them by any means. After all this is said and done a scroll of the beast, potion of mana, and talisman of evasion drop. Before we figure out what to do with all this though, send one tauren down the path heading south, just to the right of where you are now. At the bottom you will see a hungry hungry lizard eating mushrooms. DO NOT attack this guy; let him clear out the mushrooms. You just need someone down there to trigger it and watch it. While that is going on, We DEFINETELY need to make space for that talisman of evasion. Drop the totem of might +1 if you need to, because you still have another powerful item coming up very soon. If you are low on mana just burn off a potion to make a spot as well. Once the forest down on the south is all cleared out, a lion horn of stormwind is revealed all the way at the end of the forest which will grant +1 armor to all nearby units (The horn, not the forest). When all this was said and done Cairne had the talisman of evasion, claws of attack +3, circlet of nobility, gauntlets of ogre strength +3, Peripat of vitality, and this lion horn. They are all very good items so I didn't have any space for passives. You may have built Cairne differently which was fine, but I personally shifted all the most useful items to him in the last mission. Anyway we are finally done here. Head back up the path and move east until you see a bunch of razormanes around an enchanted gemstone. Head north and take the right path to reach a switch. Run up to it to trigger a trap around the gemstone. The gate is still invulnerable however, so we will now head north up the path to the left of here. There are a few undead archers and warriors here. Send Cairne in first followed by your tauren. Shockwave is your best friend here, since they are all basically in a line. Once they are dead some healing wards drop. I suggest using one right now since your taurens probably need healing. After using one drop them again and grab whatever item you dropped to use them, then head north and hit the switch here. Head back south out here, to the invulnerable gate at the bottom right of the area where you spotted the enchanted gemstone. It is now open, so head through. Head down to the fountain of health, heal up again (if you need to), then head right and kill the razormanes here. All to obviously, micro back to the fountain if any of your taurens are dying. Once they are down, a claws of attack +12 drops, and it is probably best to just replace your claws +3 with this. Cairne has probably already upgraded as well or is close, so I suggest grabbing the second rank of war stomp, or next rank of shockwave. Whichever one you need to get still. Now head back to the fountain and from here head back north near the gate, and take the path to your right. Follow it east till you spot a stream patrolled by a salamander lord. Drop the salamander lord for a...*sigh*...belt that grants +6 strength. Yes, by now you have a headache from having to give up so many decent items already. It is best to get rid of your periapt of vitality. Remember that strength gives you health anyway, and this 6 strength gives you the 150 health that the periapt gave you, plus the attack damage and health regeneration. Anyway head up the path on the right side of the steam, and follow it south and east. There are a couple mechanicals here that will come to live and attack you. Save your mana, as they are immune to magic. Focus them down one at a time, and afterward if need be, head back to the fountain to heal up. Continue right to come across a stronger golem. Again, immune to magic. Drop him and make a temporary spot for the key that drops. Grab the key and head north to the locked gate. After it is unlocked, head all the way back and grab the enchanted gemstone, which is up a path to the right of the gate, back near the fountain of health. Take that back up through the gate you unlocked, and take it to where the bridge is dropped to the right of the statue. Now you can head back and grab the item you temporarily dropped. Thrall and Cairne now have full access to each others areas, so you can head back down either path and grab any items you left behind with one hero that you may still want for the other hero. I won't detail any of this, its just personal preference. If you are making Cairne your primary hero as I am, however, I will suggest you swap the crown of kings to Cairne for one of his lesser items. I just gave the circlet of nobility that Cairne had to Thrall. Once you are done itemizing, head across the bridge for a cut- scene, which will complete the mission. ============================================== h. Chapter eight: By Demons be Driven (ROCWO8) ============================================== Main Quests +Hellscream -Capture Grom in the Soul Gem -Bring Grom to Jaina's Ritual Circle Right off the bat for this mission, notice that Thrall has a soul gem in his inventory and wound up dropping one of his items to obtain it. It is just sitting right below where he starts out at, so if it you prefer to drop a different item swap that out now. Also learn Thrall's far sight or whichever ability remains for him. Despite the fact that you have Jaina "helping" you, having this base here can easily turn into more of a liability than an asset, which you will learn. With all this said start out by training 5 more peons. Pull the first two to start building towers at the north and east entrances of your base; rally the rest to lumber. Get a couple towers building at each entrance, and get the first rank of spiked barricades as soon as possible. Since you are fighting orcs, there will be a number of grunts and raiders sent to you and the spike barricades assist greatly in defeating them. You will also want to get them down as fast as possible, as these two units have chaos attacks and will deal full damage to your towers. With all this said, produce towers with one peon at each of the entrances mentioned, get the spiked barricades upgrade, and upgrade to a fortress as soon as you are able to. The main reason for doing this so soon is so you can max out the spiked barricade upgrade quickly. Anyway have 10 total towers at the north entrance, and 6 on the east one (8 and 4 more, since each entrance already has two. The east entrance is rarely attacked, so it does not need to be as strong). So for now your priority is just to build towers and get spiked barricade upgrades. Use Cairne and Thrall to defend as needed, and move the rest of your units back. You can also send them to Jaina's base to help with defense and gain experience as well if you want to speed up leveling. Just be sure to be ready to defend your own base when needed. Jaina will whine and cry about being attacked, but she has no problem defending...at least not at first. Later in the mission it becomes an issue. Occasionally you will get attacked from the path between your base and Jaina's, and in this case its best to use your heroes to either kite them to your towers or into Jaina's base. I do not consider it worth the investment to build towers here since your north towers are fairly close to this path, and Jaina's base is right next to here as well. Just make sure you keep them off of your Fortress. It is best to keep Thrall and Cairne here between attacks for that purpose. Once your defense towers are all qued and spike barricades upgrades moving, start getting all weapon and armor upgrades, and the shaman and witch doctor adept/master training. The remainder of upgrades come from the totem and beastiary which have not been built yet. If you want you can get the troll regeneration upgrade for witch doctors, but they shouldn't get attacked anyway. As resources allow, grab a peon off of lumber and que him to build three more burrows and a bestiary. Build these near the back of your base, near where you are harvesting lumber to keep them relatively protected by your defense. Shortly you will get a cut-scene which shows infernals coming down. These will drop anywhere on the map, and often right in the middle of your base. When they do show up just use your heroes to kite them over to some towers. They get ripped apart by piercing attacks. These come routinely for the remainder of the mission, and you can tell when they are coming by the sound and noise/screen shake that occurs when they hit the ground. Briefly look at your map when this happens and check for any green targets. Just remember they are immune to magic, so don't bother with any hero abilities. Continue upgrading and repairing towers, but make sure spiked barricades take priority if they are not yet finished. If your towers are having trouble surviving the chaos attacks, build a couple more to help. The majority of attacks seem to come from the north, so keep that in mind. With your watch towers repaired, make sure your upgrades are still going and the burrows/bestiary are assembling. Once the beastiary is up you will want the war drums and envenomed spears upgrades. Once the beastiary is done build a tauren totem. Our attack group this mission will consist of fewer numbers of more powerful units. Taurens in particular, which have 1300 health, get a very strong effect from the witch doctors healing ward. Soon enough the orcs will start attacking with catapults, so you want to make sure to send Thralls/Cairne and your spirit wolves out to take care of them. Spirit wolves work very well since they are invisible until they attack, so they can run straight out to attack the catapults unchecked. Anyway once Thrall and Cairne level, Thrall should only have far sight remaining, but Cairne may have a couple abilities. I recommend maxing war stomp and shockwave first (max whichever is highest rank first), and then the aura last. Once your tauren totem is up, get the pulverize ability. Double check your upgrades and make sure they are still rolling. If lumber is an issue, build another war mill further down into the forest. You should have 5-6 peons on lumber; if you don't train some more or reassign idle peons. You don't really need one at the east towers, but keep one up north. Once your upgrades are all complete you can get rid of your grunts and trolls if you have any left, but keep the shaman. Also with Thralls far sight, you can start getting a look at the area around Grom. Just keep an eye out for attacks at your base whenever doing this. Anyway once all upgrades are complete start training Taurens and Wyverns. You want 6 taurens, 6 wyverns, 2 catapults, 3 shamans, 2 witch doctors, and a kodo beast. This puts you near the food cap if you have 12 peons. Place Taurens with Thrall and Cairne, Wyverns in their own group, your shamans and witch doctors in a group with the kodo beast, and your catapults separate. I mention this way too much, but manage your upkeep in regards to your resources. If you are starved, don't cross into upkeep, and pull your peons off harvesting before hitting high upkeep. Also Jainas base may be falling apart now, which makes no friggin sense since she usually has 5 figures of both gold and lumber as well, so help out there if needed. Despite the relative uselessness of that base, you lose if it gets destroyed. Anyway send your heroes over there if needed. Otherwise continue building your force. Once you are capped out, before even worrying about hellscream we want to get rid of these bases. Hopefully you have had a chance to scan out the majority of the map by now. There is an outpost on the east side of the map, and the main base is right above where Jaina is. We want to take care of the base just above Jainas base first, as she can get wiped out and if she does, the mission is failed. Once ready, save and head into Jainas base, up to the north entrance. From here, head straight north and up the ramp. You will come across a watch tower up front. From here, all hell will break loose. Order your catapults onto the watch tower, and send your Taurens and Wyverns up here as well. Keep your shamans and witch doctors behind them. Once you start attacking the watch tower, in a short time a bunch of units will come to defend. From here drop a healing ward, spam Thralls chain lightning and Cairnes shockwave and stomp. After the defending units are dealt with, attack your way into the base on the lower left and clear it out. Immediately after that, head back out and head north to the front of the main base. If you cross into low upkeep which you more than likely will, get your peons back on gold, but don't retrain back into high upkeep. After the small outpost here is down, drop a healing ward and group up all units to heal up, then head into the base. Attack in the same sequence as before. Your biggest threat here are the watch towers; if your catapults are still up order them onto the towers, and order your taurens and wyverns as well. Thrall and Cairne can handle any straggling units that are training with their abilities fairly easily. It is very important to clear you way along in this base; don't let your group get separated. Destroy all structures along the way, starting with watch towers, then unit production. Clear up to the fortress, and then use Thrall's earthquake on the fortress and focus all remaining units on it. Whenever other straggling units attack, use Cairne to slow them down. This is a very difficult base to drop, particularly on hard mode, and you can easily lose the majority of your force. Your goal is to drop as many unit production structures as possible, and drop the fortress and all peons to stop production. With you occupying the base that routinely attacks Jaina, she will now start sending units up here to help you occasionally. Anyway once you drop back down into no upkeep, start rebuilding your attack force (if you do that is). Keep your heroes up here as long as possible harassing the base if you lost your force (which is too likely since purple is so strong). Take out the watch towers in between units, and then focus unit production afterward. Remember to use Thralls wolves to help. If you get the gold mine running low warning, your best bet at more gold is the gold mine just north of Jainas base, which is where you took out the small outpost just below the main base you just cleared. You will need to keep your heroes up here though to defend and rally all units you train to here as well. Your watch towers can take care of any attacks that come from purples other base without much problem. Once the north base is cleared out though you can harvest gold without much problem here; just be sure to have some wyverns ready to help if infernals fall around here. Anyway with all that said retrain until about low upkeep with equal amounts of tauren and wyverns, then finish off this base here if you still need to. Otherwise, retrain your force as needed, the same as before. Just in case of an attack from the other purple base, be ready to help Jaina defend, but the majority of her attacks came from north. Whenever she needs helps its usually against grunts or raiders though, so just send your wyverns down to help. Retrain back up to full food, and rally to your gold mine up north, but watch out for infernals along the way. I suggest leaving your wyverns down at Jainas base to defend. If you defend for her she will train a decent enough group and attack with it. Once you are ready be sure to find the purple outpost if you have not already; it is just south of where Hellscream is, around the northeast portion of the map. There are two portions of this outpost, one on the south that we will hit first, and one to the north that is elevated a little higher. Move all your units back through the base you just leveled, out the exit to the east. Follow this passage all the way east until you see some red ground and come across a couple doom guards and felhounds. Take them out as normal, then immediately head down the path to the south, and follow it as it curves right into purples other base. Drop a healing ward, focus your catapults on the watch towers, and just level it as usual. Its pretty small and not nearly as bad as the other base, but it still is powerful enough to require a full attack force. Use Thralls earthquake on the fortress just as before. Once this base is taken out head out the east exit and south to take out the bottom portion of this base. As you loose units, just retrain as resources allow. After this base is down the rest of the mission is very easy; you just need a small group of units with your heroes to take care of hellscream. To keep it simple just use a group of wyverns with your heroes to take out the units guarding hellscream. Their piercing attacks will do good damage to the doomguards heavy armor and they can evade ground attacks as well. With this last base down, the only attacks you need to worry about now are the infernals, which are fairly weak anyway. Get a small group of your heroes and wyverns, and head back to the area where you killed the doomguards and felhounds. Head northeast down the path and start by sending your wolves in, then heroes, then wyverns. Focus the wyverns on the doomguards, and be sure to stay back a bit as to not agro the group of warlocks and raiders just behind them. Once the doomguards and other units with them are down, continue forward and take out the raiders and warlocks. Use Cairnes and Thralls abilities to make quick work of them. Now run up to Grom for a cut-scene. Afterward use the soul gem on Hellscream, and take out the two doomguards here. After hellscream is trapped, run Thrall all the way back to the ritual circle, just south of Jainas base to complete the mission and the orc campaign. =================================================== VIII. Night Elf Campaign: Eternity's End (ROCWNEX) =================================================== At long last, after coming across them in only ONE mission in the entire campaign so far, you are introduced to the night elves. As the last campaign of the game, some of the missions are fairly difficult, and the night elves are a unique race to adjust to. It takes some time to get used to their play style, but when used properly they are a very effective race. ============================================== a. Chapter one: Enemies at the Gate (ROCWNE1) ============================================== Main Quests +Night Elf Base -Entangle a gold mine -Construct a Moon Well -Construct an Ancient of War -Train 5 Archers +Invaders -Slay the Paladin Optional Quests +Furbolg Village -Locate 10 Missing Furbolgs -Return Tyrande to the Furbolg Shaman This is the first time you start a races campaign by assembling a base. Start by moving your tree near the mine, and then using the entangle gold mine ability from the tree. While entangling train one more wisps, and send your current wisps onto lumber for a few moments until the mine is entangled. Night elves have a very efficient method of harvesting lumber, which is nice to have. Once the mine is entangled, send all 5 of your wisps onto the gold mine, and train three more wisps from the tree of life. Use the first wisp to create a moonwell, and send the next two out onto lumber. Once the moonwell is complete, train 5 more wisps and send them all onto lumber until you have enough lumber to build an ancient of war, then use a wisp to build that. Once you have decent resources, start building more moonwells, and once the ancient of war is constructed start training archers. After your 5 archers are trained, you get the next main quest to slay the paladin. However, before we do that, head down the southeast path out of your base and head south just a bit until you see a furbolg path to your left. Run up to the furbolg the the exclamation point to receive an optional quest. We will do this first. Head back to your base and continue training archers up to 70 food. Build more moonwells as needed. While building, head out the left exit of your base and take the north path. Follow it up and make a right at the fork to discover three more archers. Bring them back to your base. While you are training you can start searching for the missing furbolgs. Take Tyrande and 11 archers out the west side of your base to start searching. You will get attacked by the humans and orcs, but the archers you are training can handle it. Start by heading north just outside your base, and follow the path as it curves left. At the top of this curve are the first two furbolgs. Now, head back to the front of your base and head southwest from here until you reach the water. Turn right and follow the waterline southeast until you reach a path to cross. Follow this path down across the river to locate two more furbolgs. You can also break a crate here next to the huts for a ring of protection +1. From here, head out the left exit to this area and head north along the water. After crossing the water take the path that heads up northwest, past the fountain of health, and briefly while you are here head into the small outpost on the northeast side of the path and take care of the orcs here. Tyrande should have leveled or be close to it, and she has two very good abilities, and...one very useless one. Yes, you guessed it. That owl scout is the most incredible ability ever to walk the face of the earth. Its offensive power is unmatched by any other. But in reality, I laugh at you if you level up that owl scout first. My suggestion is trueshot aura as your primary, and searing arrows as your secondary. The across the board damage buff for ranged grants a lot more damage than searing arrows, and costs no mana. But searing arrows is still a great ability to level for secondary, and it is pretty much all you will use your mana on. All that aside, head out of the outpost and move west. When you reach the water, head along the path to the north and take out the small human lumber post here. Continue all the way north and make a right up the incline at the end, kill the raiders and rescue three more furbolgs. Head back out and move west across the river, and on the other side head north to find two more furbolgs. Your gold mine may be running low or collapsed by now, but nobody cares about that. If you feel so inclined, you can start harvesting the gold mine south of your base near the furbolg camp, but its not necessary. You probably have more than enough gold by now. Anyway after these two furbolgs, head south out of this area and follow the path into another small outpost. Take it out, cross the river to your south, and head left at the end to find the final furbolg. Send Tyrande back to the furbolg questgiver to receive a few furbolg units to use to attack the base with. After this is done, send all your archers and furbolts with tyrande southwest to the front of the human/orc base. You want two full groups between your archers, Tyrande, and the furbolgs. The most convenient entrance is the east one, so attack command your way to the river where that entrance is. Once your units are all here, send one solitary archer into the base to attack the paladin once, and get him to pop his shield. Right after this, send the rest of your units in and focus down the paladin. The shield may have a few second left on it, but just keep ordering your units to attack the paladin until it drops. Once it drops focus him till he dies to complete the mission. ============================================= b. Chapter two: Daughters of the Moon (ROCWNE2) ============================================= Main quests +Escape into Shadow -Bring Tyrande to the Night Elf town -Hide from the patrolling Doom Guards -Tyrande must survive This is a unique baseless mission. Not only are you without a base, but Tyrande is all alone. You must move here to the teal base undetected by use of shadowmeld. Anyway you can agro all you want, but make sure to use the "I" key to quickly hide when needed. Start by heading left and forward across the river. There are a couple doomguards here; wait until they are off to the right and move Tyrande through quickly. If you get attacked, shadowmeld once you cross the river and wait for them to return to patrolling. On the other side of the river you will notice two more doomguards- one up top and another to the left. There are also two items here you will want to grab, the claws of attack +3 and slippers of agility +3. Start with the claws of attack; wait till the north doomguard patrols to the left, and quickly run in to grab the item and back out. As he patrols to the right, slip into the left and grab the slippers. Remember, if at any time you pull agro, just run back and shadowmeld. Leave this area by the path to the southwest. There is a doomguard that patrols the area here, so just wait for him to head as far north as he goes, then quickly slip behind him and take the path south. Cross the river and break open the crates on the other side to reveal a potion of greater healing. Be aware that the doomguard patrols all the way down here, so be careful. Next, head left from here, and watch out for another doom guard who patrols up this area. When he comes up here, follow him down the ramp on the left side until you get to an area with some crates and a little hut, after which the doomguard continues patrolling right. Bust open the crates for a scroll of healing, and break the cage to free a furbolg, who will run down the path to the right. Follow him down and let him create a diversion for you to slip through. Just ignore the doomguard he is fighting and run right past. Continue up along the path and follow the curve right to come across another doomguard. Wait until he patrols south and follow him down, but take the path to your left briefly when he gets to the end. Once he patrols back up north, move down into that little area he patrolled to and break open the crates to reveal a druid pouch +1. Now quickly move out and back down the left path, following the doom guard that is patrolling here. At the end, head across the bridge. On the other side you will come across a crate barricade and a single footman. Kill the footman before breaking the crates, then break the crates and head into the area to take control of some archers. Bust open the crate here to reveal a potion of healing and pick it up if you have room. Otherwise continue east, across the river to notice some humans fighting undead. Let them fight it out, and while they are fighting each other break open the crate on the other side of the river near the tents to reveal a ring of superiority. Make space for that (probably best to drop the greater healing potion if you still have it) and once the majority of the footmen and ghouls are dead, move in and finish the job. Head down the path to the east just a bit to come across some more undead attacking an orc encampment. Once again, let these units fight it out and once most of them are dead, move in and clean up the rest. After the fight use your scroll of healing and run into the orc base with Tyrande only to grab the mantle of intelligence +3. Just ignore the watch towers. After grabbing the mantle and escaping, go back and use that healing potion you just dropped if you took a lot of damage. After that head southeast into the waygate. On the other side is a fountain of health and a few huntresses fighting a shade. Move up to them and once the shade is defeated add the huntresses to your attack group. Destroy the gate next to you, head north, and attack the shade just ahead in this area to the left. After it is dead, quickly shadowmeld. Wait for the doomguard patrolling here to head north, and run to the right side and kill the shade here as well. You can bust the crates here for a scroll of healing, and it is best to just burn this now as you will need space for the gloves of haste just ahead. I suggest dropping the ring of protection to make room. Anyway, run north with only Tyrande with a spot open, grab the gloves of haste at the top of this area between some gargoyles, and quickly run back to the middle right side and shadowmeld again. From here, follow the bottom path of this area west, past the doomguard if he is patrolling. Stop and shadowmeld about halfway to the far left side, in the spot where the doomguard heads north. Wait for him to move away, then again send Tyrande only to the west into the spiked area that contains the ring of protection +2. I recommend dropping the druid pouch +1 for this, as you are already getting very good items. Once you have the gloves, wait for the doomguard patrolling the bottom left of this area to patrol back to your attack group, and once he heads back to the left, follow him at distance. You are probably getting close to morning now, which means no more shadowmelding, so after following this doomguard up north kill the shade, and immediately run past the doomguard more north and head left to kill another shade. From here, shadowmeld to lose them. Tyrande likely has leveled by now or is close, so I would grab the next rank of trueshot aura. Anyway from where you are continue north to reach a gate which will open, and on the other side pick up some more archers and huntresses. Now briefly backtrack to the other side of the gate and make a right to come across some footmen fighting a doomguard. Let the footmen kill him down as far as they can, then use Tyrande to finish him off and pick up a tome of strength from the doomguards corpse. Back to the mission, if you have not lost any units you have too many for one group now, so segment huntresses and archers. Keep archers in the second group, as they have half the health of huntresses. Take your groups right, past the spirit tower until you come across some ballistas. Hotkey them into group 3 and use them to drop the spirit tower. Daylight has probably come already or will be soon, but fortunately you have plenty of units to fight now. Anyway south along the path next to the spirit tower is a small area with some more doomguards and a manual or health and mana stone. Send Tyrande in alone to grab the manual of health, then quickly run back out. Now we have a base to get past. Move to the far right and save your game. This base consists of relatively few units, but a lot of spirit towers. Head forward with your huntresses followed by your archers and ballistas and engage the ghouls sitting in front. Some more ghouls will come to defend, so micro as needed. Order your ballistas onto the spirit towers as you head into the base, and keep other units out of range. Whenever an undead comes to attack your ballistas, move them back out of range and use your huntresses/archers to take care of them. Then resume attacking. Repeat this pattern until the front spirit towers are dead. Once they are send all remaining units to the south end of the base and attack the gate. Once it breaks send Tyrande through to complete the mission. ======================================================= c. Chapter Three: The Awakening of Stormrage (ROCWNE3) ======================================================= Main Quests +Furion Stormrage -Reach Moonglade Isle behind the Orc base -Slay the Primal Guardians -Bring Tyrande to the Horn of Cenarius -Slumbering Furion Stormrage must survive This is a regular base mission, but it is timed. On normal its pretty standard, but on hard mode its one of the most difficult missions in the game. You need to reach Furion Stormrage before the trees are all cleared out (listed in the top right of the screen). On hard mode this is a very short amount of time, about 15 minutes. Start by training 6 more wisps. Assign 5 to lumber and use one to start assembling moon wells near the front of your base. Once all the wisps are trained that you need, upgrade your tree of life to a tree of ages. While this is assembling, use resources to get the hunters hall upgrades, including the night vision upgrade. You will want them all. After this start training units. Train 11 huntresses and 12 dryads. You only have one rank of upgrades to complete so those will be done quick and you can start cranking units. Just make sure to keep a wisp building moonwells; you need a total of five more for food cap. Once your tree of ages is complete assemble an ancient of lore. Anyway you do not get attacked very heavily so you need only focus on building your attack force. Just be sure to utilize your moon wells. You need to get your force assembled quickly and allow time to get to the horn and defeat the guardians before the trees are all cleared out. Anyway once there are about 35 trees remaining, as long as you have 70 food in units, you should be good. Start by heading up to reds base. Just south of the base is a fountain of health. This is where you want to do all your fighting. Doing this correctly is tricky, so be sure to save often. On normal you have considerably more time, so you can probably destroy the whole base if you want. On hard however, you don't have that time, but this tactic worked for me after a few shots. Start by killing those raiders near the fountain. Now, send your group of huntresses up to the watch tower and attack it once. Now run back to the fountain of health, taking a bunch of orcs back with you and fight them from here. The idea here is to kite orc units back to the fountain. Once you draw one group send everyone back to the fountain to heal up. Save a second file and once group 1 (huntresses and Tyrande) are healed, send them right into the middle of the orc base to draw fire and units as much as possible. Right as they reach the inside of the base, send your dryads past the orc base to the far north side, taking your huntresses with when they dryads reach them. The idea here is to keep as much attention on your huntresses as possible, as they take damage a lot better than dryads. Anyway, on the other side make a third save file, and immediately keep running forward, as orcs may be chasing you. Take a quick right and focus down the fire elemental here. Make sure Tyrande's flaming arrows is on auto-cast if you have it. If you don't you should after this fight. Once he is dropped kill off the adds and reform your group. The orcs should not be chasing you but if they are, I would suggest reloading and trying to get away from them. Try running past the fire elemental first before attacking him. The crates to the top right here contain a jade ring, but your current items are better. Anyway, back to the next elemental. Once the fire is down move up the path around the corner and follow it left. The ice elemental is just ahead here. Save again if you still have a good number of units left from the first elemental (14 or 15 is good) and sending your huntresses in first, focus the ice down quickly, followed by the adds. Immediately after the ice is dead focus the stronger add with him, followed by the two weaker ones. These shouldn't pose too much of a threat, but the lightning elemental is annoying. There is an anti-magic potion for Tyrande in the crate to the right of the horn which you can use if she is having survival issues. Anyway theres not much to say for the lightning, but focus him down first followed by focus firing the three adds after. They are all stronger adds so macro is crucial here as the fight lasts a decent amount of time. After these adds are down move Tyrande to the horn to complete the mission. If you are playing on normal you have a lot more time to build an army and even take out the orc base, but in hard mode I just cannot see it. I started training units about a minute into the mission, got a total of 11 huntresses and 9 dryads, and by following the strategy I used had about 5 trees left at the end. It is a hard pressed race and I actually had to redo the whole mission once, but hopefully this strategy works out alright for you. It may take a number of reloads to get it just right; just be patient. The key is to get as many units past that orc base as possible as once they are past there, that is all you will have. And as I mentioned earlier, SAVE LIKE MAD!! Once you do something well, save there. If you are unsure, save a separate file. If it doesn't go well, reload and try again. Redo and save good progress at each point to get yourself to the end of the mission. =========================================== d. Chapter four: The Druids Arise (ROCWNE4) =========================================== Main quests +Awaken Druids -Reach the Barrow Dens -Destroy the corrupted Night Elf base -Bring Furion to the Barrow Dens Optional quests +Crazed Furbolgs -Kill the Furbolg Warlord +Cursed Glade -Kill the Death Revenant to restore the forest All Just a brief note on heroes. You now have Furion Stormrage under your control; however I still recommend you leave Tyrande as your main hero (giving her the better items). Neither of these heroes are very offensive oriented, but Tyrandes attack can be made much stronger by use of flaming arrows, so attack speed items or items that grant agility are of great assistance. Once she hits level 6 her ultimate is possibly the best in the game, but that is not for awhile. I will however recommend that you give and mana or intelligence items to Furion. Really the only mana Tyrande will use comes from the flaming arrows, so she does not need to be very mana strong. Furion, however, has some very useful abilities. With that said, on to the mission. Start out by grouping your heroes with the three archers you are given to start, and move up the path north until you reach the gold mine. Root your trees here and entangle this measily excuse for a gold mine (2000 gold). Root your protectors right in the middle of your base. Until the mine is entangled, harvest lumber. Afterward, harvest the gold mine (it only takes 3 minutes 20 seconds). If you prefer you can harvest some lumber with a couple wisps, but do not train more. That is a waste of resources. Anyway you will receive some light attacks here. Keep Tyrandes flaming arrows on auto fir, and if any units take damage send them back to the moon wells, just west of where you started the quest. Now as far as training more units goes, I will suggest equal numbers of dryads and huntresses. Archers are far too weak in my opinion, and really only become stronger later in the game when they can get better upgrades. For now, they die way too fast though. You should be able to train about 6 huntresses and 5 dryads. They will need to be separated. You will probably need to build another moonwell so go ahead and do that, but do not cross 40 food until the gold mine is completely harvested. Build it next to the other moonwells as you will be moving again shortly. The orcs may attack you down here; they attacked me but only destroyed the hunters hall and altar of elders, leaving the moonwells alone. You may also get the occasional air attack on your moonwells, but if it is just gargoyles send your dryads down to handle it. They can easily outperform gargoyles. If wyverns happen to attack you may need heroes. Anyhow the orcs and undead will routinely fight each other, and from time to time attack you with a few units; nothing too serious though. Once you have your huntresses and dryads, head north and slightly east from here, all the way to the top of the map to come across some trolls. Kill the first couple small groups however, and for the stronger troll in the upper left, use Furions entangling roots. Make sure Tyrandes flaming arrows remains on auto attack. It's basically the only thing she uses her mana for. Once the trolls are dead you should have enough gold for one more huntress and one more dryad, so train them. Also grab the ring of protection +2 and take note of the fountain of health here. Also be sure to bust the crates just above the high level troll here to reveal a tome of strength. Give it to whichever hero you want; I gave it to Tyrande. Keep an eye on your base as well, and repair your protectors whenever needed. They are enough to take care of the small attacks that come to you, but make sure they do stay repaired. Once you are done here, head south and follow the tree line on the right side till you head down the small incline, and from here head directly southeast. You will come across the next gold mine, followed shortly by a fight with some furbolgs. Use Furions entangling roots on the high level one, and take care of the rest as normal. Keep your dryads from getting attacked. After defeating them move your base down here and get the gold mine entangling. If you have a food cap of 50, build one more moonwell. If any units need healing send them up to the fountain of health briefly, but make sure to defend your trees while they are still moving. Once your trees and protectors are landed you should be fine for now. Once again, keep the base cluttered and land your protectors right in the middle. Make sure you have 5 wisps still and if one accidently dies, retrain another one. Anyway start training more huntresses and dryads, plus two ballistas. Before building them evenly, balance out the ones you already have; equal numbers as much as possible. Before crossing into low upkeep however, harvest the entire mine. While waiting on the mine, send your units just southwest of your base and take out some trolls for extra gold and an ironwood branch +1 as well as a potion of healing. Furion and Tyrande should be nearing level up by now and I recommend the passives for each of them. Furions passive deals back 10/20/30% of a melee attackers damage back to them, so this is very useful against all other races who use several basic melee units. Back at your base, you will get attacked a little heavier now, so it is a good idea to start using Furions treants. Use these to take out siege units that come down to your base. Anyway while producing more units head northeast out of your base toward the defiled fountain, and from here head east to pick up a couple more huntresses. You will likely need another moonwell now, so build that. After grabbing the huntresses head straight north. Summon your treants along the right forest, and use engtangling roots on the level 7 furbolg here. Focus him down, and then take care of the two lesser. After that kill the two furbolgs on the left side of the area. After this is done finish up your unit production if you haven't already, and uproot your trees and move them all to the fountain of health. Root them here and be ready to come back and defend if necessary. It is best to keep them at the fountain of health so your units can heal while they are defending. Anyway you got some gold from killing the furbolgs, but it is best to get some upgrades at this point. The most important upgrade is reinforced hides (defense for dryads) since they are so vulnerable. Next you want the moon armor, and then the weapon upgrades after that. Spend whatever gold you have on upgrades, and get ready to attack the next wave of furbolgs up here. There is a potion of mana in the crates on the right of the area you fought the first fubolgs. When ready head north up the ramp and take care of the furbolgs here. Again, treants and entangling roots on the level 7. Now, head left and get ready to fight the warlord. Summon more treants and send them in first. There are two level 7s and the warlord, a level 9. Here you want to focus down the level 7s first, but use entangling roots on the warlord. Take out the lesser furbolgs followed by the warlord and pick up the claws of attack +6. This will conclude the optional quest. Now, run back to the fountain of health and heal up, and while doing that spend more gold on upgrades. Remember; prioritize defense. After you are healed, head back to the defiled fountain where you picked up the huntresses, and from here head slightly southeast to reach the human base. Hang out in front for now, save, and send your ballistas to take out the two towers in front. Once units come to defend, retreat ballistas back to your units, and allow your units to intercept. Keep all units out of range of the watch towers. If the paladin comes and turns immune, it is best to just "shuffle" your units around and make him chase you, then surround and kill him when his shield drops. After defending units are taken care of, move back in and drop the watch towers. Once the watch towers are down kill the remainder of the units out front, and before heading in uproot your trees and start moving them down to the front of the base here. After that, then zerg into the base. Order all units onto the tower cannon first, then the altar of kings after that. After this you want to drop the next cannon tower a little to the lower right of here. After that is down head back to the right side of the base and drop the barracks and town hall. Once these are out the only unit production structure left is the arcane sanctum, but there are two watch towers down here, so take your time with that. Casters are easy kills anyway. Once the town hall and barracks are out move your trees in and start entangling the mine. Let your heroes manage the base area, and send your huntresses and dryads back to the fountain of health to heal up real quick. Take Tyrandes flame arrows off for now, as you don't really need it for clearing the base. Now use your heroes to take out the sanctum, while staying out of range of the towers down here. Once that is down clear out the other structures around here, but you can leave the watch towers for now if you want. Just stay away from them. They can actually help to defend against undead which is nice too. Anyway root your tree of war and lore in the back of the base, and your tree of life near the mine. Once you are ready, take out the watch towers guarding the gate in the southwest of the base, and destroy the gate. You will get some units after destroying the gate which will carry you back into low upkeep if you have about 30 food or so, but it doesn't really matter because you will get a lot of gold from the next area, and you have one more mine to harvest. Spend any gold harvested on upgrades again. As for the next area, keep your heroes in front at all times to take out Ghosts before sending the rest of your units in. Use Furions treants spell as needed and turn Tyrande's flaming arrows back on again. Remember you can have more than three treants at a time. Anyway as you are clearing this bottom area out, get all upgrades and if you finish those, build 4 ballistas and after that continue building dryads and huntresses. If you get to 70 food, just stop there. You want to stay in low upkeep, but you do want those ballistas so train those first, or at least as many as you can if you are at 54 food or more. If you get attacked by gargoyles, send your dryads back to handle it. Continue clearing the south area eastward. Units respawn in this area, so be advised. If you need gold you can farm these though, as they grant about 80 gold apiece, but with an attack force this will more than pay for your replacements. You will likely have a lot of gold saved up on the other side. Anyway follow it all the way until you are almost south of the gold mine, and you will come across a small area with several undead and a death revenant. Clear out all the lessers here, but before killing the death revenant, if you want more gold, go back and farm some more undead. If or when you have as much as you want, kill the death revenant to restore the forest and complete the second optional quest. Now start moving your trees down here. Send your regular units to the fountain of health to heal up and bring your trees to where you killed the revenant. You can land them here briefly to train more reinforcements. Leave your ballistas here for now as well. Once you are healed bring all units back down here, and head out from where you killed the revenant and straight north for a cut-scene. After the scene move over to the gold mine, killing any corrupted units along the way. Order your tree of life to entangle the gold mine here, and root your other trees as well. To the north of this area is a little bundle of trees in the middle of the path with the route to the corrupted elf base just behind them; this is where you want to keep your units at. However before we stay here, head up the path to the right of here with a couple corrupted protectors and take them out. Bring your units up to draw out and kill the defending elves, and then use your ballistas to handle the protectors. Once they are down, position your ballistas along the edge of the cliff to overlook the night elf base. From here taking out the base is fairly simple. Reinforce as needed; around 55 or 60 food should be good enough. Attack the corrupted protector right in the front of the base once to draw out some units, and run back to the base of the cliff and let your ballistas help you take out the defending units. They cannot target your ballistas since they are higher elevation. Once defending units are down, send in your whole attack group and send the ballistas in behind. All you should have to finish off is another protector and a few stray units so its pretty straightforward. Wipe the base out, and afterward bring Furion to the Barrow Dens to complete the mission. ============================================== e. Chapter Five: Brothers in Blood (ROCWNE5) ============================================== Main quests +Awaken Druids -Discover the location of the Barrow Deeps -Bring Furion to the Cave Center Circle of Power -All Druids of the Claw must survive -Tyrande Whisperwind must survive -Furion Stormrage must survive +Free Illidan -Locate Illidan's Prison -Defeat the Watchers -Tyrande Whisperwind must survive Optional quests +Bear Necessities -Get water from the Fountain of Life -Return the filled vial to the Furbolgs Yet another mission without a base. Start by grouping all your units, turing on Tyrande's flaming arrows, and heading south and taking the right fork. Follow the path right and as it curves north, attack the two furbolgs up here for a scroll of healing. Head back down, back near the mission start and head left this time. Follow it straight left and kill the kobolds here. Grab the potion of healing and head back out, and now head south. Kill the cave spiders (they are enormous) and continue south. Once you emerge into the opening, kill the next spider down on the lower left. This one is also enormous. Head down the path on the left and take the fork that heads up. Kill the undeads, pick up the potion of greater healing up top if you need it, and kill the rest of the undead down here. Head back out into the opening and now head to the other side of the clearing and take out the level 4 spider for a spider ring. You can see an area behind the wall here, so go around the large rock formation to the right and circle up, kill some spiders, and kill the eggs here for a scroll of healing. Remember that these take priority over healing potions. Head back out of this area and as it curves south, look to your right for a cluster of mushrooms. There is a path behind here we want to access. Use Furions treant ability twice on these mushrooms to clear a path through (or as much as you need to). On the other side is the largest panda ever (that is actually the name of it). He packs quite a punch but does not move very fast; you can drop him before he ever reaches you. Anyway send the treants you summoned in first, then bring your units up and drop him. If he gets close to your units just pull back a bit. Once he is down pick up a necklace of spell immunity. This is very useful for using heroes to solo. With this done head out of this area and follow the path straight down. On the other side of the formation in the middle of this area is a path that leads down to an area with a defiled fountain and some spiders. You will have a bit of a fight on your hands in this area. Start by summoning treants from the mushrooms on the left side of the path (there are three here) and sending them in. Following that, send the rest of your group in. Focus the brood mother spiders first, then the lesser after that. Use entangling roots on the stronger spiders. Micro is important here as your units will take a good amount of damage. Anyway continue south out of this area and follow the path as it curves left to reach a furbolg with a quest. You will need a spot in inventory for the empty vial, so if you need to drop an item, just do it here. Continue up the path and at the curve head north. Take care of some undead archers, and ghosts. Head back out to the path and follow it left as it curves northwest. You will reach an area with some thunder lizards. Start by killing the one on the left; careful not to agro the rest. Its best to pull it back a bit, away from the other lizards. After this, pull the first one on the right side back and kill him as well. That will leave 3 lizards. Send Furion to the left side to create treants from the mushrooms, and send your treants in. Engage the lizards, and kill the level 9 first. He will devour one of your units, but he will die quick enough that you can get it back without incident. After the level 9 is dead kill the other two and move up to the fountain to fill the vial. The fountain also heals your units, so get your group healed up here. Head back to the furbolgs to complete the optional quest. You receive a talisman of the wild which will allow you to summon furbolgs to aid you. Tyrande and Furion should have also leveled by now, so grab their ultimates. These are both amazing ultimates to have, particularly Tyrandes. Together they raise hell on your enemies and relieve hell from your allies. Now head back down this same path, follow it as it curves south and take it all the way down to the bottom for a brief cut-scene. It would appear you have...lost someone. No matter; after the scene head back out of this area and take the path south. Follow the path right, then up and kill the sludge here. Continue heading right to encounter some more undead. Watch out for that stupid possession here; use Furion and summon treants from the mushrooms near where you killed the sludge. After that send him and the treants in alone and take out the ghosts. Entangle the level 6, and kill off the level 3s. After they are dead then finish the level 6. Once the ghosts are down send the rest of your units in to eliminate the archers. Continue right, and before heading into the circle kill the mobs up top of this area. After that head into the circle to summon a bridge, and cross it. On the other side are some ancients that you will need to kill. Summon treants from the mushrooms and send them in first, use entangling roots on the level 8, and focus the lesser down first. After they are down kill the level 8. Grab the claws of attack +9, and take the path south. A scroll of mana drops from some undead archers here, but you don't really need it unless you have space. Mana up Furion while you are here and head back out to the area you just fought the ancients in, and take the north path this time. Follow the s-curve and once you reach the bridge some flying units will attack. Focus down the level 6 first, then the other. If you need healing, remember Furion has tranquility now so use it as much as you need. It is pretty cheap mana-wise and has a very quick cooldown. Continue up the bridge and follow it all the way north for a cut-scene. For the next portion of the mission, you will get attacked by druids of the claw, but may not kill any of them. Use your talon druids cyclone to immobilize them if they are giving you trouble. Anyway from here head left over to the ramp leading into the lower area, cyclone the druid, and take out the spiders up here. Continue north and take out some more spiders. Cyclone the druid here if needed, and after this is done head to the far left of this area and take the southwest exit into a small pool with a fountain of mana and some sludges. Dispatch of the sludge to find a wand of the wind, which Furion can use to cast cyclone. Take it if you want, but its not utterly necessary. Back in the main area, take the north exit under the archway, bust the gate, and head through to come across some sleeping druids blocking the pathway. Use cyclone on just one, run through, and follow the path down to take out some more spiders. Head up the right path from here and follow the curve, cyclone the druid, and take out the sludges in front of the next gate to the left. Use entangling roots and focus fire on the higher level first. After that is done move Furion up to the circle of power to complete this portion of the mission. On the other side of the cut-scene you are in control of Tyrande and her units. This place is a bit of a maze. After killing the guards in the initial fight, take the south path down, kill the sentry and bust the gate at the bottom. Kill the golem that escapes, then head right and kill the mystics. Head back out of the area and continue left down the path. At the end kill the guards, and break the gate along the bottom. Inside there is a crate that you can bust to reveal a skeleton archer, but he does not drop anything. Head back out, forward and through the gate on the left. Head up the ramp up top to activate a circle of power, then bust the gate at the south end of this area to free some more units. We are now done on this side, so head back to the entrance of the prison where you started. Take the north path this time. Follow the path up as it curves left, and on the other side of the bridge reside some guards. Pull them over, and now is a good time to use starfall if you want. On the other side of the bridge, bust the crates up top to reveal some healing wards. You may not have space to carry them, but you should definitely equip them to use as needed. Use one now, then head south to activate the second circle of power. Head back to the entrance and follow the center path west as it heads through the gate you just opened. Follow the path as it heads south, and at the end head south into the small room here. Notice the guards in this room are sleepers, and not watchers...until they wake up anyway. Just an interesting note. Kill the sleepers and then bust the gate on the left and head in to grant your huntresses the moon glaive ability. Head back out of the area, continue following the main path left and then head through the archway near the end. Move forward to kill another watcher, then bust the first gate to your right. Kill the spiders in here to free 3 more archers, then bust the gate to your left. Inside is a ring of regeneration which is a very useful defensive ring to have. Free a spot if you have any weaker items which you likely do for this. I dropped the claws of attack +3. If your units start running low on health, remember you have those healing wards back in the other section that you can use to heal up with, unless you brought them with you. Continue following the path north, kill the guards on the right, and then bust the gate on the left to free two more units and a dog, Loki. If you haven't lost any units you will need two groups now; good for you. Huntresses and the dog with Tyrande and archers separate. Also be sure to bust the crates in here for a peripat of vitality. Its up to you if you want to try to make room for this; its not the greatest item there is but it does help. Continue forward and the treants will move to block your path. Only a powerful druid could command such creatures. Drop them and head through the waygate at the far end of this passage. On the other side head south to a fountain of health, heal up, and continue left. Make a south (yes, make a south) at the statue and kill the undeads down here. Bust open the gate to reveal some goblin land mines. Drop some items temporarily, pick them all up, and head back out to the main path. Follow it left and then north, just before the path slopes down. Plant all 6 mines here, then send Tyrande down the slope to pick up guards. There are 5 that patrol this area here, so grab as many as you can. Once you have a bunch drag them back to the mines to kill them instantly. Then head back and grab your items. Take all your units and head up either side of this path until it circles around and hits the statue. Kill the units here, and any extra guards you missed with the mines. Head north up the path until you get a cut-scene. After this, kill the level 3 hero first, followed by the high level watcher, and then the lesser. Once they are down the mission is complete. ======================================================= f. Chapter six: A Destiny of Flame and Sorrow (ROCWNE6) ======================================================= Main quests +The Skull of Gul'dan -Destroy the Demon Gate guarding the Skull -Bring Illidan to the Skull of Gul'dan +Destroy Tichondrius -Destroy Tichondrius Right as the mission starts, start training wisps from the tree of life and pull 2 wisps from lumber to build ancient protectors in the northwest of your base. There is a path that heads up and one that heads left up here; these are the two you need to defend. Rally wisps that get trained to lumber, and pull them as quickly as you can to build protectors. These need to be assembled fairly quickly. You will get attacked at the start; when you do, bring your units over and turn on immolation aura for Illidan. Move your units up the path so your assembling protectors do not get attacked, as these are the preferred target. Use mana burn on the stronger creature and focus fire him till he is down, and turn on your moonwells auto healing. Use your druids roar ability to grant extra damage as well. Once this attack is taken care of, turn off immolation aura. This easy to forget to do. Now, move your ancient of war up to just below the hunters hall. This is just in case of occasional attacks from this entrance here; they will be just about in range of your protectors when they come in. They are usually fairly weak though, so a defense down here is not necessary. After you have about 4 protectors assembling or completed, get 6 wisps on lumber to even out resources, then resume building protectors. Build 8-10 up here; best thing to do is to make kind of an arrow shape to cover attacks from both directions, and build them a bit back from the entrances. Just behind the moonwells should be good. Build a row of four down and four across, with three behind. It doesn't have to be perfect; as long as you have 8-10 protectors up here that can reasonable cover attacks from both sides, you are good. You will get attacked from the southeast occasionally, but if that happens just draw them up to your protectors. Since you moved your ancient of war anyway, you should be good. Once about 5 protectors are up pull back all units except Illidan. After all your protectors are assembled or assembling, build an altar of elders, again, above the tree of life, and start getting upgrades from the hunter's hall as resources allow; you want all of them, including ultra-vision. You will also want to grab abolish magic for dryads and the adept/master training for druids of the claw from the ancient or lore. Send Illidan out to help defend attacks whenever they happen by, and activate your immolation aura for the duration. ALWAYS remember to turn it off! As far as other upgrades you will want, grab the impaling bolts from the ancient of war for ballistas, and from here you also want Archers improved bows and marksmanship, huntresses moon glaives, and if you want you can get the sentinel ability and place owls on trees outside your base to help with defense. It is not necessary though. You cannot get all these upgrades just now as you need the last tree of life upgrade. With the altar of elders completed, upgrade your tree to a tree of eternity. Make sure you still have 6 wisps on lumber first though. With upgrades rolling, get a wisp to start building your remaining 5 moonwells. Continue keeping your hunters hall upgrades qued, and also grab the natures blessing upgrade from your tree of life if you have not yet. We will have a bit of a diverse attack force here. If you find yourself with an abundance of gold and shortage of lumber, train a couple more wisps for lumber. For your attack force, we will want 8 druids of the claw, 3 dryads, 4 huntresses, 6 archers, and 3 ballistas. You will keep 2 druids in druid form, and the other 6 in bear form. Start training until you hit 40 food, then make sure your upgrades and moonwells are finished before going any further. Attacks will become stronger, and occasionally some doomguards will show up. Beware of these guys, as they will mana burn illidan. Use your mana burn on them as well, and if Illidan takes too much damage it is easiest to just run around your protectors. They will usually chase you as enemies usually prefer to attack units or structures in assembly, so just let your protectors do work in this case. There are also a couple doomguards just out the north path of your base that you can kite back to your protectors when you get a chance. So for the time being, let your upgrades finish and once they are completed, start building your units. Eventually Illidan will likely level from defending, so grab the final rank of immolation aura. If you have around 4000 gold before crossing upkeep, that's about all you need for your entire attack force so if you happen to hit that before upgrades and moonwells are finished just start training. There is no need to get started super early though, as your force trains real quick. You can leave wisps on gold when you cross high upkeep, but I advise that you have enough gold to finish your force before doing this. Once you are all trained hotkey your units; place 6 bear form druids and your huntresses in group 1 with Illidan, your archers and dryads with the two druid form druids in group 2, and your ballistas in group 3. Once you are ready save the game and head out the north exit of your base. Attack your way north until you reach the gold mine, and then head northwest from here. Follow the path all the way until you reach a fork, and then head straight north at that point. Follow this path up as it curves back northwest, and here is where you will have a decent fight. Turn on Illidan's immolation aura and use your standard form druids to cast roar. If Illidan gets low on health, use the druids rejuvenation on him. There are several doomguards and corrupted elves in this area, so utilize macro as needed and keep an eye on your ballistas in case you get attacked from behind. Fight your way up to the gate, and then destroy it and make sure Illidan is up here to complete the first objective. After this objective is complete, Illidan now has permanent metamorphisis for the remainder of the mission. Send all your units back to your base, and reinforce your attack force. Your gold mine may be running low at this point, and once it collapses you will entangle a gold mine southwest of your base, which we will discover shortly. For the remainder of this mission, I suggest saving CONSTANTLY as you have heavy attacks coming from a lot of different directions. While you are rebuilding, we will use Illidan to get some items and extra gold. Send him out the west exit of your base and take the second left, following the path down to the southwest. There is another gold mine here, which is the new one you will entangle. You can build a new tree here which I recommend because you may need to train more wisps to replace protectors at your base. Kill the creeps around here for a potion of mana, and then continue west into the green water and kill some spiders for a scroll of the beast. Head further west to discover a shop guarded by more spiders. Kill them for more gold. Now from here head northeast. Along the Cliffside up here is a sludge that will drop a gloves of haste. After this follow the cliffline down as it curves east to come across a murloc camp. Kill the murlocs for a ring of protection +3. Now send Illidan back to your base, but be ready to defend your tree next to the gold mine down south. You will get attacked a little heavier by felhounds and infernals at this point which have chaos damage and tear your protectors apart, so keep an eye on your base. Protectors are a little obsolete now, and its best to have a few to assist with attacks (a line of 5 or 6 is good), but bear form druids of the claw cost about the same as a protector, have a lot more armor and damage and are more versatile and defendable, so I suggest maintaining the 8 of these with Illidan for defense. Micro them as needed and between attacks, shift and heal. Try to keep all enemies attacking illidan though, and if he needs healing shift a bear and use rejuvenation. If you want more healing, you can build more moonwells. Whenever the south tree gets attacked, kite them back to your main base. Our first order of business will be to destroy greens base. You must be quick about this as getting attacked at your main base by red without Illidan or units can result in some serious destruction. Orange is not a serious threat though, and protectors or stray units can handle it fine in most cases. With Illidan and your 8 bear druids, heal them up and head northwest out of your base. Continue all the way up; greens base is in the left center of the map. It is just to the upper left from where you killed the sludge. Anyway, the base itself is small but considerably strong. What you want to do is send Illidan in first, engage, and once units come to defend activate immolation aura. Send your bears in at this point. Illidan will get mana burned but that is not a huge deal, you just want him to take all damage. While fighting, shift bears one at a time into druid form to cast rejuvenation on Illidan to keep him alive. Micro bears as they get attacked as well. After about 10 seconds, shift another bear and cast rejuvenation on Illidan again. Keep it up on him at all times to outheal the damage of the guys here. Repeat this until all defending units are dead, and then heal up your bears themselves. After all units are dead this base drops very quickly due to Illidan's amazing attack power. Once it is dead immediately head back to your own base. A small tip on shifting and healing with druids: the best way to go about this is to look in your group window to the druid that has the highest mana. Select him by clicking him twice, order him to shift, and then reselect the whole attack group by hitting 1. When he shifts, he will be higher in the ranking que than your bear form druids (just behind Illidan), so all you need to do is hit tab to select him, then hit rejuvenation and click whichever druid in the group needs healing. If a druid has 300 mana or more, he can shift, cast rejuvenation on two targets, and have enough mana to shift back right away. This is a good habit to get into, and is a very effective tactic to use. With green dead, you no longer need to worry about defending your tree of life harvesting gold; your only severe threat remaining is red. Rebuild your attack force just as before. In between attacks from red send Illidan out the southeast exit of your base, but leave druids up here to engage red if they do attack to give Illidan time to get back up. Kill all the spiders down here for some gold and a mana stone. You can also kill the cocoons here to reveal more spiders for more gold. Follow the path north, kill some sludges, and then take the ramp up to your left. Up top is a moonwell and a couple skeletons. Orange will come to defend once you attack here, so be ready. Use Immolation aura while fighting the skeletons, and then turn it off after to save mana. At this point if you get attacked, just use your bears. Remember to micro them while fighting; if one gets very low send him back to the moonwells or out of combat to heal. You might lose a few but should be able to defend against an attack from red relatively well. Just remember to save! Anyway send Illidan up the path to the right and north, and continue north into oranges base. Illidan can take care of this base alone, as it is relatively weak. Just follow the path up and left, killing everything along the way. Keep building your force while killing orange, and again its no matter if you cross high upkeep, but it helps to make sure that you have enough gold to finish your force before doing so. Once the relatively small orange base is dead, send Illidan back to your own base. Continue defending, finish up your force, then head out the north exit. Make a right at the gold mine this time, following the path to the northeast. Follow the path up, kill the creeps alone the way, then send Illidan ahead to engage the infernals and felhound up here. Send everyone in after that, but keep Illidan in front. Your first priority up here is to destroy the demon gates, but do NOT attack units coming out of them with your regular units. Doing so will engage Tichondrius. After engaging the units up front of this area, some more will come to defend. You want to prioritize doomguards in any attack, followed by felhounds after that. After defending units are down, order just your ballistas straight east to destroy the demon gate over here. There may be an infernal in front, but he did not attack me until the gate was down. At any rate, after the gate is down, order your ballistas over to the other side to destroy the other gate; just outrun the infernal. The gate is northeast of where the first one was, on the other side of the area Tichondrius is in. Drop that gate with your ballistas ONLY, again if you attack with units Tichondrius will come out. Destroy the gate, but do not kill any units coming out of it. This will agro Tichondrius. Once the gate is down just let your ballistas die. Anyway keep your units back until both gates are down. As your ballistas are killing, reinforce your group but get more archers instead of ballistas. Shift your druids to heal up your units up here. Once you are ready to attack, send Illidan in ahead of the rest of your group, then order all units to attack the first doomguard, followed by the second one. During the entire fight, keep Illidan mana burning Tichondrious. Focus the doomguards, then any infernals that were summoned, and after that focus Tichondrius. You want to get rid of his mana as soon as possible, as his abilities will deal a lot of damage to your units, so mana burn him as much as you can, and once he is out of mana he doesn't do much else. Once he drops the mission is complete. ================================================ g. Chapter seven: Twilight of the Gods (ROCWNE7) ================================================ Main quests +Delay Archimonde -Delay Archimonde for 45 minutes -Archimonde must not reach the world tree This is the final mission of the campaign, and it really is a fun one. The undead will attack their way up to the summit, but the humans and orcs are further down the path than your base. The idea is to make each of these bases survive as long as it possibly can. The best way to do this is by creating an enormous field of ancient protectors in front of each base. At the start, max out your wisp que, and make sure your tree of eternity is hotkeyed as you will be back here constantly. Pull two wisps off lumber, and send one to each additional gold mine next to your base. There is one to the northwest, and one to the southeast. Get all your units hotkeyed together, and send them down to the front of the human base. Rally all wisps down here for now as well. Use Furions tranquility for EVERY attack. For the first few attacks use your units up ahead while protectors are building; I'll get to that in just a second. You want to make sure your heroes and Shandris (the improved archer) survive, but you can lose some other units to take and keep you out of upkeep. Anyway, on to defense. You will want to build a row of ancient protectors 4 wide on the top and bottom, and just build it as deep as you can. Leave a path down the middle. Build it behind the entrance of the human base; right in front of the castle. Whenever the lich shows up, focus everyone on him and activate Tyrande's flaming arrows. His death and decay wreaks havoc on your protectors. Once your trees are completed and entangling mines, train 5 wisps from each one to harvest gold from the mines, and then train 3 more from each to harvest lumber in the area. This will conclude your resource harvesting, and at this point hotkey all 3 of your trees together to train wisps to assemble protectors with. Rally to the human base. As for attacks; for the first three keep your heroes and units at the entrance of the base, and use tranquility each time. Tyrande and Furion also have a point to spend, but they will be level 10 in no time so the order of grabbing stuff is not a huge deal. I suggest thorns aura for Furion primarily, as this makes ghouls much easier to kill. Anyway stay at the front and as long as you use tranquility every attack, your units can survive for awhile. Also use your druid of the claws roar to help with damage. You will want to stay in no upkeep however, as protectors are your main means of defense. For the first so many waves up until about 39 minutes, keep your heroes and units forward of the humans towers, while building a plethora of protectors in back. Your protectors are not necessary for the first portion of the mission, and Jainas units along with your heroes can defend just fine. Just don't forget tranquility; this is key. With about 12 wisps on lumber and 15 on gold gold, have all trees rallying to the human base, and just go nuts with protectors. Make sure they are all hotkeyed and producing wisps. You will probably wind up in low upkeep just with wisps, but with 3 gold mines it doesn't have a terrible effect. If gold really becomes an issue, stop or slow production of wisps and hang out in no upkeep for a wave to get a bunch of gold, then resume. You will lose towers a lot, but you should be reassembling them just as fast. Once you are down around 35 minutes, build towers all over the human base; it doesn't matter where. Just around buildings or wherever you can land them. Remember to use Tyrande's starfall every other attack. Keep her in front with Furion and keep auto-attack with arrows on. With Jaina's mana regeneration aura, mana rarely becomes an issue for heroes ultimates. At 33 minutes, stop building protectors here once the next wave comes. Rally all new wisps to the orc base, but leave your Heroes down here to assist in defending against that attack. Once that is done, retreat your heroes back to the orc base. As long as the human base lasts until about 30 minutes remaining, you are good. For orc defense, surround each watch tower with ancient protectors. While you are doing this, start getting the hunters hall upgrades for hippogryph riders, and the two archer upgrades from the ancient of war. Pull 4 wisps to build 2 more ancients of war and 2 more ancients of wind as well. Once you have about 20 ancient protectors down here, start training archers and hippogryphs in equal numbers. Head up to about 85 food with these, and as gold allows after that build more protectors. Keep this attack group maxed out as a priority, however. As long as you use tranquility every wave, these should survive without too much problem. Keep your upgrades rolling for them, and continue training wisps to create more protectors with. Keep all your units back near the front of the orc base for each attack so the orcs support you. Order your hippogryphs to attack the lich hero first if he attacks, and then meat wagons second. They can drop a meat wagon with one wave of attack, so meat wagons drop quickly and this greatly helps the survival of your protectors. Anyway what I did was kept a group of 10 riders with Tyrande and Furion, a couple for replacement, and dedicated the rest of food space to training wisps to assemble more protectors with. At about 17 minutes remaining stop producining protectors, and at 15 minutes left, defend the next attack as your last one and retreat back to your base. For your bases defense, there is one ancient protector in front; you want to build protectors right around the fountain of health here. Make sure you maintain a group of 10 hippogrpyh riders with your heroes, and leave a small path leading to the fountain so your heroes can get in to heal if needed. After assembling your initial protectors, focus exclusively on hippogryph riders thereafter. Watch out with your heroes, as melee units can only attack them so they will get dropped quick if you are not careful. Once about 6 minutes remain, move Tyrande and Furion back into your base permanently. For the last attack before crossing this mark, use Tyrandes starfall. Keep your riders at the fountain of health to distract and dispatch units as they can. You can essentially keep a cluster of undead units here all the time and occasionally units will slip into your base, but as long as there is not an army back here it is not a big deal. You should be approaching the end anyway. As far as your hippogryph riders at the fountain of health go, keep them there to attack units that can attack air, then send them in to your base to focus units that can only attack ground if they are there. Focus infernals before anything. You can get pretty creative at stopping Archimonde in the last 2 minutes or so. Make a permanent save at about 5 minutes, and another at 2 and a half minutes. As long as you have at least 10 hippogryph riders, the last 5 minutes is not too bad. You can let your whole base get destroyed but as long as you have one structure of any type alive, you won't fail the mission. Anyway for the last 5 minutes, you have a few options. As for security, down at your southeast mine, there is a path that heads south into a furbolg camp. Just outside this camp, keep a wisp down here on lumber and when you are about to lose your last structures, allow time to complete a moonwell down here. Also, take your tree of life and eat trees and dig your way into the forest. I lost my entire base and still completed the mission by doing this. Anyway starting at about 4 minutes your base will likely be getting attacked. Once again this is not a huge deal, as long as you have all your hippogryph riders and a backup means to make a structure. Just keep your heroes back at the gate, and unless the units attacking you are relatively weak, just keep them here. Don't pull them to attack heroes. You can try uprooting your trees and running with them (versus chaos damage that is) or kiting around with your wisps to buy time; anything to slow the destruction of your base. I would also suggest creating treants and sending them in as well to keep units off structures. Anyway all that will happen up until about 50 seconds is a few units routinely coming in. Send your hippogryph riders wherever you need to in order to slow destruction of your base, and make sure your tree of life at the bottom mine is dug into the forest. At around 50 second, Archimonde will attack his way in. All you need to do is slow him down. Easiest way to do this is to scatter your remaining riders between Archimonde and the circle of power. He will stop and attack each one, and as long as you have 3 or more riders you will buy more than enough time to complete the mission. So to summarize, your goal in the last 5 minutes is only to survive your base by slowing however you can, digging a tree into the forest, and building a backup moonwell as far from the fight as you can. As long as a structure is secure and your riders survive, you can skate to the end of the mission without too much trouble. After the mission is over, congratulations, the campaign is complete! Now enjoy the final videos. ============================== IV. Other game types (ROCWM1) ============================== Custom games: Custom games are generally freelance single player games where the only objective is destroying the enemies bases. You can chose your race, up to 11 additional computers, and select teams. These games are enjoyable to play because they are not structures or limited the way that campaign missions are; namely with heroes and tech trees. Heroes in custom games require 5 food each and the first one is free. You can then creep with him in order to gain experience and items. This is a good experience to try out heroes that you were not introduced to in the campaign, in which the dreadlord is the only one that you did not play as far as I remember. However you can also train heroes from mercenary camps, so this is a good way to get experience with that. Multiplayer: Multiplayer is the online version of the game in which you log onto Battle.net and face other players. If you played starcraft, these games are a lot more structured than those, and the only way to gain wins or loses on your record is by playing arranged team games. With certain numbers of wins you can also unlock icons that you can use for your profile; the type of icon depends on your race selection. Random has icons for naga, which were not really introduced in the campaign. The top icon requires 1500 wins for that race selection. When you win enough your rank increases, and you are matched against tougher opponents. There are also custom games, which are games that do not count on your record. Most of these are map settings games, where the objective is completely different such as defense games (games where you are required to stop a group of units from reaching a certain point, but they do not attack), defense of the ancients (a game which is basically centered around an RPG), or games which are just battles between units. There are several types of games and they are quite fun to try out. ================================= Legal ================================= Copyright (C) 2013 Daniel Halverson This guide may not be used for any other reason other than your own personal and private use. It may not be published on other websites, magazines, or publicly distributed in any way.